Download Samsung VP-X210L دليل المستخدم

‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫‪VP-X205L/X210L/X220L‬‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴَﺎ‬
‫‪CCD‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫‪LCD‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﺴﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪MEN‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪MOD‬‬
‫‪DELETE‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼً‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﻳﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ 89/336 CEE‬ﻭ‪ 73/23 CEE‬ﻭ‪.93/68 CEE‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﺳﺘﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺨﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺴﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻨﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺠﻢ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:02:21‬‬
‫‪AD68-00994K‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 001~007.indd 3‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ‪٨ ................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ‪٩ .............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺜﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ‪٩ ....................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪٩ ..........................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪١٠ .........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪١١ ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪١١ ................................................................................................................................................................................................... LCD‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪١١ ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ‪١١ ......................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪١٢ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪١٣ ....................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻭﺃﻳﺴﺮ ‪١٤ ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ‪١٥ ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪١٦ ..................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪١٧ ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... LCD‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪) Movie Play/‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(( ‪١٧ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪) Photo View/‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(( ‪١٨ ...................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪١٩ .................................................................................................................................................(MP3‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪) Voice Play/‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪٢٠ ............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‪) System Settings/‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ((‪٢١ ....................................................................‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪/‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪٢٢ ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪٢٣ ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪٢٥ ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:02:21‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 001~007.indd 2‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪٢٦ .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ‪٢٦ .................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ‪٢٧ ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................MODE‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ‪٢٨ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪٢٨ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ‪٢٨ ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... MENU‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ‪٢٩ ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... DISPLAY‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ‪٢٩ ........................................................................................................................................................................................................DELETE‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪٣٠ ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺳﻌﺘﻪ ‪٣١ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ )‪) (SD/MMC‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ( ‪٣٣ ..........................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )‪) (SD/MMC‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ( ‪٣٤ ..................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪٣٦ ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪٣٦ ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪٣٧ ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪٣٨ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪٣٨ .................................................................................................................................................................................LCD‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪٣٩ .............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪٤١ ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪٤١ ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪٤٢ ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪٤٣ .....................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ )ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ(‪٤٤ .......................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‪٤٥ .................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) EIS‬ﻣُﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ(‪٤٦ .................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ‪٤٧ ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) BLC‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ(‪٤٨ ................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ‪٤٩ ........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:02:21‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 001~007.indd 3‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪٥٠ ......................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺧﻞ‪/‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‪٥١ ....................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪٥٢ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ‪٥٢ .......................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪٥٣ ......................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪٥٤ ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪٥٥ .........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫‪٥٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ‪٥٧ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪٥٧ ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪٥٨ ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪٥٩ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪٥٩ ............................................................................................................................................................................... LCD‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪٦٠ ...........................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪٦١ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪٦١ .....................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ )ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ(‪٦٢ .......................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‪٦٣ ................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻼﺵ‪٦٤ ................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ‪٦٥ .......................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) EIS‬ﻣُﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ(‪٦٦ .................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ‪٦٧ ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) BLC‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ(‪٦٨ ................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ‪٦٩ ........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪٧٠ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪٧٠ .......................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ‪٧١ ....................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) DPOF‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ(‪٧٢ ...............................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪٧٣ .........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪٧٤ ........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:02:22‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 001~007.indd 4‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪MP3‬‬
‫‪٧٥‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪ MP3‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪٧٦ ....................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪٧٦ ........................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪٧٧ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٧٧ ......................................................................................................................................................................................................MP3‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪٧٨ .................................................................................................................................................................................................... MP3‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٧٨ .......................................................................................................................................................................................................MP3‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪٧٩ ....................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻥ ‪٨٠ .............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٨١ ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... MP3‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٨٢ ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ MP3‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder‬ﻣُﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫‪٨٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪٨٤ ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪٨٤ ....................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪٨٥ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪٨٥ ....................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪) Voice Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ(‪٨٦ ...............................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪٨٦ .....................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪٨٧ ......................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪٨٨ ........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪٨٩ .......................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‬
‫‪٩٠‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ‪٩١ .............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ‪٩٢ ...............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٩٣ ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ‪٩٤ ................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪٩٥ ..................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٩٦‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪٩٧ ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪٥ ٩٧ .......................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:02:22‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 001~007.indd 5‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪٩٨ .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. USB‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪٩٨ .......................................................................................................................................................................................................USB‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪٩٩ ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪٩٩ ..................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪١٠٠ .............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪١٠١ ..................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪١٠٢ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ LCD‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ‪١٠٢ ............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪١٠٣ .....................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ ‪١٠٤ ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ ‪١٠٤ .......................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪١٠٥ ....................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪١٠٦ .....................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ ‪١٠٧ ..............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪١٠٨ .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪١٠٨ .....................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﺪء‪١٠٩ .........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ‪١١٠ ..................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪١١١ ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪١١٢ .....................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‪١١٣ ......................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪١١٤ .............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪١١٥ .........................................................................................................................................................................................................USB‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪١١٥ ..............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪١١٦ ..............................................................................................................................................................................PictBridge‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪١١٧ ........................................................................................................................................................................................... PC Cam‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪١١٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪١١٩ ..................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪١١٩ .............................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪١٢٠ ................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ‪١٢٠ ................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ‪١٢١ ........................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:02:23‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 001~007.indd 6‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪١٢٢‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ‪١٢٣ .................................................................................................................................................................................................... USB‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪١٢٣ ..............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪١٢٣ ................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪١٢٤ ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪١٢٤ .............................................................................................................................................................................. DV Media Pro 1.0‬‬
‫‪١٢٥ ............................................................................................................................................................................................Ulead Video Studio‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪١٢٦ ......................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪١٢٦ ............................................................................................................................................................................USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ‪١٢٧ .............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪١٢٨ ................................................................................................................................................................................ DVD/‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪١٢٩ ......................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪١٣٠ ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪١٣٠ ................................................................................................................................................................................................ DPOF‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫‪١٣١‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪١٣١ ...................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ‪١٣١ ..................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ‪١٣٢ ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪١٣٢ .......................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪١٣٣ ..............................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ‪١٣٤ ........................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫‪١٣٥‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ‪١٣٥ .......................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪١٣٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪١٣٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫‪١٤١‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:02:23‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 001~007.indd 7‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫✤ ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪:‬‬
‫✤ ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﻃﺐ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺿﻮء ﻗﻮﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﺃﻗﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴُﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺟﺴﻴﻢ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻣﻠﺴﺎء‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻣﻠﺴﺎء ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺂﻛﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﺟﺎﻫﺰًﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٨٥‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺆﺛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻠﺒﻴًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻤﻌﻚ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ )ﻳﺘﻢ‬‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ‪ ٨٠‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ ﻳﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ )ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢/٣‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ(‪.‬‬‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﻌﺮﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﺫﻧﻴﻚ )ﻛﻠﺘﻴﻬﻤﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪.‬‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺓ؛ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:06‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 8‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ DVD‬ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤُﺮﺧﺺ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻙ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔًﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﻤﻨﺘﺞ ‪ Samsung‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺄﺻﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺜﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻜﺜﻒ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻜﺜﻒ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺜﻒ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ )ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪ ١٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺑﺘﻼﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ ﻏﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:06‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 9‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫ﻳُﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) STBY‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ( ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ٍ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻻ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻤﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﺮﺿ ًﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ ً‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺒﻘﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✳ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✳ ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:06‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 10‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻬًﺎ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓً‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ‪) CCD‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ )ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺣﻤﺮﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭﻗﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺧﻀﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.LCD‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴًﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ً‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.LCD‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻚ ﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺷﺮﺍء ﻗﻄﻊ ﻏﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻏﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ؛ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:06‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 11‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫●‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ‪ /‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫●‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ )ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ(‬
‫●‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ )‪(100x‬‬
‫●‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪T FT‬‬
‫●‬
‫ﻣُﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ )‪(EIS‬‬
‫●‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫●‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫●‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉ ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫●‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ /‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫●‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫●‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫●‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ )ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫●‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫●‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﺪﻣﺞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻛﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﻀ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ‪ ٤٨٠ × ٦٤٠‬ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﺮﻳﺴﺘﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ‪ ٨٠٠‬ﺃﻟﻒ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺻﻌﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻀ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﻤﻨﺤﻚ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪ TFT‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ ٢٣٠‬ﺃﻟﻒ ﻟﻮﻥ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺑﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺇﺿﻔﺎء ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺩﺷﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀ ً‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺄﻏﻨﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪.IP42‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪IP‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ‪ ١‬ﻣﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ( ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) OSD‬ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻛﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ‪/‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺑﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:06‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 12‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫✤ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻤﺮ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ‪/‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﺎ ﺃﺫﻥ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺣﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫‪ .١٠‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .١١‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫‪ .١٢‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫‪ .١٣‬ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ .١٤‬ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻤﺮ‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﺎ ﺃﺫﻥ‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٩‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫‪.١٠‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.١٤‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫‪.١٣‬‬
‫*ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫‪.١١‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٨‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.١٢‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪.Samsung‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻚ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Samsung Electronics‬‬
‫)‪(www.samsung.com‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:09‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 13‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪MEN‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﻭﺃﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫‪ODE‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪DELETE‬‬
‫‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪DELET‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪DISPLA‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪MEN‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪MOD‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪DELETE‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪DISPLA‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪٤ ٥ ٦‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪.٨‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪DELETE‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ HOLD‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ /MP3‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪PLAY‬‬
‫‪.٩‬‬
‫‪.١٠‬‬
‫‪.١١‬‬
‫‪.١٢‬‬
‫‪.١٣‬‬
‫‪.١٤‬‬
‫‪.١٥‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ /‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪[W/T‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪MENU‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪MODE‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ‪DC IN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻛﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ‪/‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:11‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 14‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫>ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ<‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫‪ .١٠‬ﺧﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺘﺎﻥ )‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ(‬
‫‪SD‬‬
‫‪MMC‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:12‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 15‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺳﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪.٨‬‬
‫‪.٩‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ /‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ /‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻚ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:14‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 16‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006.01.01‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪) Movie Play/‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‬
‫‪١٢ ١١‬‬
‫‪١٠W1X1X W‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪.٨‬‬
‫‪.٩‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪.١١‬‬
‫‪.١٢‬‬
‫‪.١٣‬‬
‫‪.١٤‬‬
‫‪.١٥‬‬
‫‪.١٦‬‬
‫‪.١٧‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006.01.01‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM2006.01.01‬‬
‫‪2006.01.01‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫??‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪OK Play‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK Play‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ *‬
‫‪00:00:15/00:05:20‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ * ‪00:00:15/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪720X480‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫ﻣُﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ(‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪12:00AM2006.01.01‬‬
‫‪2006.01.01‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪00:00:15/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪١٠ ٩‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪.٨‬‬
‫‪.٩‬‬
‫‪.١٠‬‬
‫‪.١١‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪00:00:15/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006.01.01‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪) Move‬ﻧﻘﻞ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫‪) Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫‪100-0001‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006.01.01‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪ .١٢‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ .١٣‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪ .١٤‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ .١٥‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺠﻞ(‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ * ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ‪.VP-X205L‬‬
‫✤ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:17‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 17‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006.01.01‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪) Photo‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪View/‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪١٠ ٩‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪WW‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪1X 1X‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪10X10X‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪View‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006.01.01‬‬
‫‪١١ ١٠‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪Slide‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪.٨‬‬
‫‪.٩‬‬
‫‪.١٠‬‬
‫‪.١١‬‬
‫‪.١٢‬‬
‫‪.١٣‬‬
‫‪.١٤‬‬
‫‪.١٥‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪١٣ ١٢‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٩Sepia‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪View‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006.01.01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006.01.01‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪MoveMove OK View‬‬
‫‪iew‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪V‬ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ *‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ *‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪SlideSlide‬‬
‫ﻣُﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006.01.01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006.01.01‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪.٨‬‬
‫‪.٩‬‬
‫‪.١٠‬‬
‫‪.١١‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006.01.01‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Slide‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪) Move‬ﻧﻘﻞ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫‪) View‬ﻋﺮﺽ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006.01.01‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪) DPOF‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ(‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪ .١٢‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪ .١٣‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻖ‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ * ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:20‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 18‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫‪00:12‬‬
‫‪Life is cool.mp3‬‬
‫‪Everytime.mp3‬‬
‫‪Toxic.mp3‬‬
‫‪Don't push me.mp3‬‬
‫‪Love you.mp3‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪(MP3‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪MP3‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪MP3‬‬
‫‪٨ ٧‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪00:12‬‬
‫‪Life is cool.mp3‬‬
‫‪Everytime.mp3‬‬
‫‪Toxic.mp3‬‬
‫‪Don't push me.mp3‬‬
‫‪Love you.mp3‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪.٨‬‬
‫‪.٩‬‬
‫‪.١٠‬‬
‫‪.١١‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫‪Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps‬‬
‫‪) Move‬ﻧﻘﻞ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫‪00:01:07/00:03:27‬‬
‫‪) Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫‪ OK‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪Pause‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩ )ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪Life is cool.mp3‬‬
‫‪Sweetbox‬‬
‫‪POP‬‬
‫‪00:01:07/00:03:27‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪.١١‬‬
‫‪.١٢‬‬
‫‪.١٣‬‬
‫‪.١٤‬‬
‫‪.١٥‬‬
‫‪.١٦‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps‬‬
‫‪Pause‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Life is cool.mp3‬‬
‫‪Sweetbox‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪.٨‬‬
‫‪.٩‬‬
‫‪.١٠‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪1/10‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪1/10‬‬
‫‪POP‬‬
‫‪١٥ ١٤‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ‪ /‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫‪) Search‬ﺑﺤﺚ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩ )ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ(‬
‫‪) List‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫‪) Play/Pause‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‬
‫)ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ(‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺳﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MP3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:22‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪١٩‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 19‬‬
‫‪SWAV0001.WAV‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:12/34:59:48‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪Stop‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪00:12‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪SWAV0001.WAV‬‬
‫)ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‬
‫‪) Voice‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪Voice Play/‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Record‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:10 AM‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪00:00:12/34:59:48‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪SWAV0001.WAV‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:12/34:59:48‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪00:12‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪.٨‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ‪/‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪OK Play‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪SWAV0001.WAV‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:10‬‬
‫‪ AM‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00:20 AM‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:02/00:00:12‬‬
‫‪Pause‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪.١٠‬‬
‫‪.١١‬‬
‫‪.١٢‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:10 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:20 AM‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪.٨‬‬
‫‪.٩‬‬
‫‪Stop‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫‪00:00:02/00:00:12‬‬
‫‪) Move‬ﻧﻘﻞ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫)ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫)ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK Pause‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩ )ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪.٨‬‬
‫‪.٩‬‬
‫‪.١٠‬‬
‫‪.١١‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪SWAV0001.WAV‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪00:00:02/00:00:12‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪Pause‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪SWAV0001.WAV‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪Stop‬‬
‫‪00:12‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:20 AM‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫‪) Search‬ﺑﺤﺚ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫‪) List‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺠﻞ(‬
‫‪) Play/Pause/Stop‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪/‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ )ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ(‬
‫]ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ[‬
‫✤ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:24‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 20‬‬
‫‪DCAM0002.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0003.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0004.JPG‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫‪Coin‬‬
‫‪Dart‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‪) System Settings/‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ((‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪١١ ١٠‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫)ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪OK‬ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫‪) Move‬ﻧﻘﻞ(‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪) Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪System Settings‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ )ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ(‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪Coin‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ‪Dart‬‬
‫‪Internal‬‬
‫‪External‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪Storage Type‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪/DCIM/100SSDVC‬‬
‫‪DCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0002.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0003.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0004.JPG‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪1/4‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪.٨‬‬
‫‪.٩‬‬
‫‪.١٠‬‬
‫‪.١١‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫‪) Move‬ﻧﻘﻞ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫‪) Select‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ( )ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪Storage Type‬‬
‫‪Internal‬‬
‫‪External‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:26‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 21‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪/‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺸﺮﺍء ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫>ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ<‬
‫ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫>ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ<‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ١٢٠٠) SB-P120A‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫‪ ١٩٠٠) SB-P190A‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻨﻮﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:26‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 22‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٣٢‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ )‪ ٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ( ﻭ‪ ١٠٤‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ )‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ‪ ٣٢‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ )‪ ٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٣٢‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ )ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٠٤‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ )‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ( ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺨﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺤﺪﻭﺙ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﺮ ﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ )‪ (+‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ )‪ .(-‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺳﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳُﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﺖ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ،LCD‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ١٢٠٠) SB-P120A‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫‪ ١٩٠٠) SB-P190A‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ LCD‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭ‪ ٢٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫] ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ [‬
‫✤ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﺟﻬﺰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻖ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺒﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﻟﺸﺮﺍء ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻞ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ "ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ" ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴًﺎ ﻭﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:27‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 23‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٪٤٠‬ﻣُﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ‬
‫‪ ٤٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٪٦٠‬ﻣُﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ‬
‫‪ ٦٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٪٨٠‬ﻣُﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ‬
‫‪ ٨٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٪٩٥‬ﻣُﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ )ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳًﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ٍ ٥‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00:00:40:05‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫"‪"Low battery‬‬
‫)"ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ"(‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺃﺧﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ ١٢٠٠) SB-P120A‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫‪ ١٩٠٠) SB-P190A‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ‪ ٢٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ‪ ٢٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷﺤﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:29‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 24‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺻﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ‪DC IN‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺪ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ً‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫] ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٣٢‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻭ‪ ١٠٤‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻼ ﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻗﺘًﺎ ﻃﻮﻳ ً‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺃﺧﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:31‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 25‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫>ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‬
‫ﻭ‪) Voice recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(<‬
‫ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‬
‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫‬‫ﺟﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [Record / Stop‬ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪/‬ﺻﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:32‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 26‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ‪MODE‬‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫)ﻓﻴﻠﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻭ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ MP3‬ﻭ‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ‪ Mode‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪Movie‬‬
‫)ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻭ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻭ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫‪File Browser‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪File Browser‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) VOICE Recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﻗﻔﻠﻪ ﻭﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪File Browser‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Mp3‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪.mp3‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ‪/‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎء ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ( ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪.LCD‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪) File‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ( ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪Browser‬‬
‫‪File Browser‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫‪File١٠‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪Browser‬‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪) Voice‬ﺻﻮﺕ( ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪ ٦٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ٦٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:33‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 27‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫) ▲( ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Multi-Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫)▼( ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪) Record/Capture‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ( ﺇﻟﻰ ‪) Play/View‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﻋﺮﺽ(‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪) Play/View‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﻋﺮﺽ(‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪) Record/Capture‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫✤ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ‪ /‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ( ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ( ‪) Voice Recorder / MP3 /‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺯﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ‪MENU‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ‪ /‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ‪ /‬ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ‪ /‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [Menu‬ﻟﻺﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:34‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 28‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [DISPLAY‬ﺗﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.LCD‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[DISPLAY‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [DISPLAY‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﻭ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫✤ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻣﺮﺗﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ‪ ٣‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻷﻭّﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻌﻲ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﻭ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪MEN‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١٠٩‬‬
‫‪MOD‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪DELET‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪DISPLA‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺯﺭ‬
‫‪DISPLAY DELETE‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [DISPLAY‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫✤ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻣﺮﺗﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻷﻭّﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder ،MP3‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‪) System Settings ،‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ‪DELETE‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [DELETE‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫>‪ :<OK‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Multi Select‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <All‬ﻛﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Cancel‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎء(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪100-0003‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Multi Select‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:39‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 29‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٣٣‬ﻟﻼﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٩٫٩٩٩‬ﻣﻠﻒ ﻭ‪ ٩٩٩‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًء ﻣﻦ ‪ DCAM0001‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًء ﻣﻦ ‪ 100SSDVC‬ﻭﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )‪(DCF‬‬
‫✤ ‪ :DCAM✽✽✽✽.JPG‬ﻣﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ :SMOV✽✽✽✽.AVI‬ﻣﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ :SWAV✽✽✽✽.WAV‬ﻣﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ :✽✽✽✽✽✽✽✽.MP3‬ﻣﻠﻒ ‪MP3‬‬
‫✤ ‪ :MISC‬ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪.DPOF‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪) MUSIC‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ( ﺑﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪.‬‬
‫] ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ [‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ SAMSUNG‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ‪MP3‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:40‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 30‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺳﻌﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫‪) Super Fine‬ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪352p‬‬
‫‪720i/720p‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Fine‬ﺟﻴﺪﺓ(‬
‫‪720i/720p‬‬
‫‪352p‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣٢‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Normal‬ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ(‬
‫‪352p‬‬
‫‪720i/720p‬‬
‫‪ ٣٢‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X210L‬‬
‫‪ ٤٣‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤٣‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٣١‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X220L‬‬
‫‪ ٨٦‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٥٨‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٣٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٨٦‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢٦٢‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٣٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ٥٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Media‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ(‬
‫‪) Capacity‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ(‬
‫‪Internal‬‬
‫‪Memory‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪ ٥١٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X205L‬‬
‫‪SD/MMC‬‬
‫‪ ٦٤‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٢٨‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥٦‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣٢‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥١٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣٢‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣٢‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٤٣‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤٣‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٣١‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٦٥‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٨٦‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٥٨‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٣٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٨٦‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢٦٢‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٣٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺳﻌﺘﻪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺳﻌﺔ ٍ‬
‫✤ ﻭﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻌﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ '‪) 'Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﺄﻗﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺠﻮﺩﺓ ‪) Normal‬ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ( )‪ (٣٥٢/٧٢٠‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ )ﻗﺴﻢ( ﺗﺎﻟﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:41‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 31‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ‬
‫‪) Quality‬ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ(‬
‫‪) Capacity‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ(‬
‫‪) Media‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ(‬
‫‪٤٨٠x٦٤٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨٧٥‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٥١٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X205L‬‬
‫‪Internal‬‬
‫‪Memory‬‬
‫‪ ٥٧٥٤‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X210L‬‬
‫‪ ١١٥١١‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ( ‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X220L‬‬
‫‪ ١٧٧‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٣٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٣٥٧‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٦٤‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٧١٦‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ١٢٨‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ١٤٣٦‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪SD/MMC‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥٦‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٢٨٧٥‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٥١٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٥٧٥٤‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ١١٥١١‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪) Media‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ(‬
‫‪) Capacity‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ(‬
‫‪) Time‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ(‬
‫‪Internal‬‬
‫‪Memory‬‬
‫‪ ٥١٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X205L‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X210L‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X220L‬‬
‫‪ ٣٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٦٤‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ١٢٨‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٢٥٦‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٥١٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٣٥‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧٠‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣٥‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧٠‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪SD/MMC‬‬
‫‪) Media‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ(‬
‫‪) Capacity‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ(‬
‫‪Internal‬‬
‫‪Memory‬‬
‫‪ ٥١٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X205L‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪SD/MMC‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X210L‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X220L‬‬
‫‪ ٣٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٦٤‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ١٢٨‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٢٥٦‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٥١٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪MP3‬‬
‫‪ ١٢٨‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎً ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٢٥٦‬ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٥١٢‬ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٣٢‬ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٦٤‬ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ١٢٨‬ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٢٥٦‬ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ ٥١٢‬ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ ١٢٨‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺣﺠﻢ ‪ ٤‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١٠٠‬‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺳﻌﺔ ٍ‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ >‪Low speed card. Please record at lower‬‬
‫ﺳﺠﻞ ﺑﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻗﻞ(‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺑﻂء ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫‪) <quality‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ ١٫٢٥‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‪/‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:41‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 32‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )‪) (SD/MMC‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ(‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Samsung‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺴﻮء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪/‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻧًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻬﻴﺄﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ً‬
‫ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺷﺮﺍء ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻣﻠﺴﺎء ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺨﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻴﺒًﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ SAMSUNG‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ SD‬ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪ RS-MMC/‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ SD‬ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪ RS-MMC/‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ SD‬ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪/‬‬
‫‪ RS-MMC‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫>‪<SD/MMC‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:41‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 33‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ )‪) (SD/MMC‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ(‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪SD Memory Card‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗًﺎ ﺧﻔﻴﻔًﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺰء‬
‫ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ >‪ ،<OK‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ '‪) 'External‬ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺩﺕ >‪) <Cancel‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎء(‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ] [ ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻴﺌًﺎ ﻳﺴﻴﺮًﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪External memory inserted.‬‬
‫‪Do you want to change‬‬
‫?‪memory to external‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪SD Memory Card‬‬
‫‪External memory inserted.‬‬
‫‪Do you want to change‬‬
‫?‪memory to external‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪SD Memory Card‬‬
‫‪External memory inserted.‬‬
‫‪Do you want to change‬‬
‫?‪memory to external‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪SD Memory Card‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺟﺬﺏ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:43‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 34‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪]W‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪MEN‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪MOD‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪Movie Record‬‬
‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00:00:40:05‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪DELET‬‬
‫‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪٣٦ ................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪٣٦ .........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ‪٣٧ ..............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪٣٨ ................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪٣٨ ..................................................... LCD‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ‪٣٩ .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪٤١ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ‪٤١ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪٤٢ .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ‪٤٣ .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ )ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ( ‪٤٤ ...........................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ‪٤٥ .....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) EIS‬ﻣُﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ( ‪٤٦ .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ‪٤٧ ....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) BLC‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ( ‪٤٨ ....................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ‪٤٩ .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪٥٠ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺧﻞ‪/‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪٥١ ........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪٥٢ ................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪٥٢ ............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪٥٣ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ‪٥٤ ..............................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ‪٥٥ .............................................................................‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫◆ ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻌﻄﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:45‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 35‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Movie Mode‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ١١٩‬ﻟﻼﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ‪System Settings‬‬
‫)ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١٠٩‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00:00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00:00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00:00:40:05‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ] ● [ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.LCD‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00:00:40:05‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫◆‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720iF‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:02:00:40:03‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:02:00:40:03‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:02:00:40:03‬‬
‫‪00:00:02:00:40:03‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪00:00:02:00:40:03‬‬
‫‪00:00:02:00:40:03‬‬
‫‪00:00:02:00:40:03‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Auto Shut Off‬ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﻉ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ،LCD‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫>‪) <LCD Brightness‬ﺳﻄﻮﻉ( ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١٠٢‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪ Sepia‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫✤ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻏﻠﻖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺻﺪﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ً‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:02:00:40:03‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:03:47‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 008~036.indd 36‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ‪.10x‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪➥ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١٠٩‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪SF‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05 Sepia‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ،LCD‬ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.W‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ )ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺪﻑ(‪.‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪00:00:02/00:40:03‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪00:00:02/00:40:03‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪SF‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪00:00:02/00:40:03 Sepia‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.T‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﻫﻲ ‪.10x‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪00:00:04/00:40:01‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٤٩‬ﻟﻼﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪00:00:04/00:40:01‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪SF‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪00:00:04/00:40:01 Sepia‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:10‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 37‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.LCD‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:05:20‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ‬
‫]‪[ PLAY‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪00:00:15/00:16:15‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪00:00:15/00:16:15‬‬
‫‪100-0004‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻙ ]‪ [Joystick‬ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ >‪) <No Files...‬ﻻ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.(...‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0004‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪00:00:15/00:16:15‬‬
‫‪00:00:15/00:16:15‬‬
‫‪100-0004‬‬
‫‪100-0004‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:13‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 38‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ( ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.LCD‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ /‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﺛﻢ ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [ W/T‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪W‬‬
‫)ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i F‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪720X576 00:00:00/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ‪ /‬ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ‪ /‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫?‬
‫??‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ >‪) <No Files...‬ﻻ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.(...‬‬
‫✤ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:16‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪00:00:05/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪720X576 00:00:05/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪00:00:05/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪00:00:05/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٣٩‬‬
‫‪٣٩‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 39‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪ :‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ :[W‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ([‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) RPS‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ(‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ‪(128x 64x 32x 16x 8x 4x 2x :RPS‬‬
‫]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ([‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) FPS‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ‪(128x 64x 32x 16x 8x 4x 2x :FPS‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻲء ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫➝‬
‫➝‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫➝‬
‫➝‬
‫➝‬
‫➝‬
‫➝‬
‫➝‬
‫➝‬
‫➝‬
‫➝ ➝‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪) Movie Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:05:20‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪00:00:05/00:05:15‬‬
‫‪00:00:05/00:05:15‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺿﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪‬ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪➥ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١٢٧‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻔﻚ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ CODEC‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ‪) Download Centre‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ( ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪Samsung Electronics‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪➥ .CODEC‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١٢٤‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:18‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 40‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Size‬ﺣﺠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪720iF‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪<٢٨٨X٣٥٢>/<٥٧٦x٧٢٠> :‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Size‬‬
‫‪Size 720‬‬
‫‪720x576‬‬
‫‪Size‬‬
‫‪Size 720‬‬
‫‪720x576‬‬
‫‪352‬‬
‫‪352x288‬‬
‫‪720‬‬
‫‪720x576‬‬
‫‪720‬‬
‫‪720x576‬‬
‫‪352‬‬
‫‪352x288‬‬
‫‪352‬‬
‫‪352x288‬‬
‫‪352‬‬
‫‪352x288‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ <TV‬ﻓﻲ >‪) <Record Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 720i‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ <PC‬ﻓﻲ >‪) <Record Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 720p‬ﺃﻭ ‪.352p‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪➥ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٣١‬‬
‫✤ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،(٢٨٨x٣٥٢)٣٥٢‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪(٥٧٦x٧٢٠)٧٢٠‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Movie Record‬‬
‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720‬‬
‫‪720‬‬
‫‪352‬‬
‫‪720‬‬
‫‪720‬‬
‫‪352‬‬
‫‪352‬‬
‫‪352‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Size‬‬
‫‪Size‬‬
‫‪720x576‬‬
‫‪Size‬‬
‫‪Size‬‬
‫‪720x576‬‬
‫‪352x288‬‬
‫‪720x576‬‬
‫‪720x576‬‬
‫‪352x288‬‬
‫‪352x288‬‬
‫‪352x288‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/01:00:07‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/01:00:07‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/01:00:07‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/01:00:07‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪352p‬‬
‫‪352pF‬‬
‫‪352p‬‬
‫‪352p‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:20‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٤١‬‬
‫‪٤١‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 41‬‬
AR
‫ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬:(‫ )ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬Movie ‫ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬
720i
720iF
720i
720i
.‫ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬.‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬
STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05
00:00:00/00:40:05
STBY
STBY
00:00:00/00:40:05
STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05
١
Recording...
Recording...
Recording...
Recording...
F
F
F
.‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬/‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬.١
.(‫ )ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬Movie Record ‫ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
S
S
12:00AM
2006/01/01
SS
12:00AM
2006/01/01
12:00AM
12:00AM 2006/01/01
2006/01/01
Movie
Movie
AE
Movie
Movie
Quality
AE
AE
AE
Quality
Super
Fine SF
Quality
Quality SFF
Fine
Super
Fine SF
Super
Super Fine
Fine SFFN
Normal
F
Fine
F
Fine
Fine
N
N
Normal
N
Normal
Normal
OK Select
Move
Move
Move
Move
OK
OK
OK
Select
Select
Select
Movie
Movie
AE
Movie
Movie
Quality
AE
AE
AE
Quality
Super
Fine SF
Quality
Quality SFF
Fine
SF
Super
Fine SF
Super
Super Fine
Fine FN
Normal
F
Fine
F
Fine
Fine
N
N
Normal
N
Normal
Normal
OK Select
Move
Move
Move
Move
720i
SF
720i
720i
720i
SF
SF
SF
OK
OK
OK
Select
Select
Select
Sepia
Sepia
Sepia
Sepia
.[MENU] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٢
.(‫< )ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ‬Quality> ‫ ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬/‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬
٢
‫ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬/‫ ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬.٣
.[‫ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
MENU
Exit
MENU
MENU
MENU
Exit
Exit
Exit
(‫< )ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬Normal>/(‫< )ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‬Fine>/(‫< )ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬Super Fine> :‫ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬
٣
.‫[ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬MENU] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٤
.‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
MENU
Exit
MENU
MENU
MENU
Exit
Exit
Exit
٤
STBY 00:00:00/00:26:43
00:00:00/00:26:43
STBY
STBY
00:00:00/00:26:43
STBY 00:00:00/00:26:43
[ ‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
.٣١ ‫ ➥ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬.‫✤ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
Movie Record ‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ‬/‫ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬،‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
.(‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬
Recording...
Recording...
Recording...
Recording...
S
S
12:00AM
2006/01/01
SS
12:00AM
2006/01/01
12:00AM
12:00AM 2006/01/01
2006/01/01
Sepia
Sepia
Sepia
Sepia
VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 42
٤٢
٤٢
2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:23
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻞ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Custom‬ﻣﺨﺼﺺ(‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء )ﺟﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ(‪،‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻸ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) Custom‬ﻣﺨﺼﺺ( ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Auto‬ﺁﻟﻲ(‬
‫‪) Daylight‬ﻧﻬﺎﺭ(‬
‫‪) Fluorescent‬ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺴﻨﺖ(‬
‫‪) Tungsten‬ﺗﻨﺠﺴﺘﻴﻦ(‬
‫‪) Custom‬ﻣﺨﺼﺺ(‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎءﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻤﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻮﺭﻭﺳﻨﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ >‪) <Auto‬ﺁﻟﻲ( ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ >‪) <Custom‬ﻣﺨﺼﺺ( ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Movie Record‬‬
‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:26‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎءﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻤﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻫﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Auto‬ﺁﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <White Balance‬ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪White BalanceAE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪White BalanceAAE‬‬
‫‪White‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪White Balance‬‬
‫‪Balance‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪FluorescentOK‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪White Balance‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪White BalanceAE‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪White‬‬
‫‪Balance‬‬
‫‪White Balance‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪SFF‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪SFF‬‬
‫‪SFF‬‬
‫‪SFF‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٤٣‬‬
‫‪٤٣‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 43‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ) ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻟﻤﻼءﻣﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720iF‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Program AE‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪) Auto‬ﺁﻟﻲ(‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٥٠/١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٢٥٠/١‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Sports‬ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Spotlight‬ﺿﻮء(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪AUTO‬‬
‫‪AUTO‬‬
‫‪AUTO‬‬
‫‪AUTO‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‬
‫‪) Sand /Snow‬ﺛﻠﺞ‪ /‬ﺭﻣﻞ(‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﻮﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Auto‬ﺁﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:30‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪MovieAE‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Program‬‬
‫‪AE AE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪AE AE‬‬
‫‪Program‬‬
‫‪Program‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Program AE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Spotlight‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Spotlight‬‬
‫‪Spotlight‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Spotlight‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ /‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Movie Record‬‬
‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٤‬‬
‫‪٤٤‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪MovieAE‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Program‬‬
‫‪AE AE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪AE AE‬‬
‫‪Program‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪Program‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Program AE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Spotlight‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Spotlight‬‬
‫‪Spotlight‬‬
‫‪Spotlight‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪SFF‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪SFF‬‬
‫‪SFF‬‬
‫‪SFF‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 44‬‬
AR
‫ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬:(‫ )ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬Movie ‫ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
.‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‬
STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05
STBY
00:00:00/00:40:05
STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05
STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05
720i
F
720i
720i
720i
١
.‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬/‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬.١
Recording...
F
F
F
Recording...
Recording...
Recording...
.(‫ )ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬Movie Record ‫ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
S
12:00AM
2006/01/01
SS
Sepia
12:00AM
12:00AM 2006/01/01
2006/01/01
12:00AM 2006/01/01
Movie
Sepia
Sepia
Sepia
S
٢
Movie
Movie
Movie
Effect
AE
AE
.[MENU] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٢
.(‫< ) ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬Effect> ‫ ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬/‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬
AE
AE
Effect
Off Effect
Effect
Art
Off
Off
Off
Mosaic
Art
Art
Art
Mosaic
Mosaic
Move
Mosaic
Move
Move
Move
Movie
.[‫ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬،‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬/‫ ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬.٣
OK
Select
MENU
Exit
OK
OK
OK
Select
Select
Select
MENU
MENU
MENU
Exit
Exit
Exit
٣
Movie
Movie
Movie
Effect
AE
AE
AE
AE
Effect
Effect
Negrtive
Effect
Mirror
Negrtive
Negrtive
Negrtive
B&W
Mirror
Mirror
Mirror
B&W
B&W
Move
B&W
Move
Move
Move
OK
Select
MENU
Exit
OK
OK
OK
Select
Select
Select
MENU
MENU
MENU
Exit
Exit
Exit
SFF
720i
720i
720i
F
SF
SFF
SFF
STBY
00:00:00/00:40:05
STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05
STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05
٤٥
٤٥
.‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
.‫ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﺰ‬،(‫< )ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬Off> ‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
Recording...
Recording...
Recording...
Recording...
S
12:00AM
2006/01/01
SS
Mirror
12:00AM
12:00AM 2006/01/01
2006/01/01
12:00AM 2006/01/01
Mirror
Mirror
Mirror
S
.‫[ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬MENU] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٤
٤
STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05
720i
.(‫< )ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬Effect> ‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‬
(‫ )ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬Off
.‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬
(‫ )ﻓﻦ‬Art
.‫ )ﻓﺴﻴﻔﺴﺎء( ﻏﻄﺎء ﻓﺴﻴﻔﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‬Mosaic
.‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‬
(‫ )ﺑﻨﻲ‬Sepia
.‫ )ﻧﻴﺠﺎﺗﻴﻒ( ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﺤﺎﻛﻲ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺠﺎﺗﻴﻒ‬Negative
.‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺼﻔﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﺓ‬
(‫ )ﻣﺮﺁﺓ‬Mirror
.‫ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‬
B&W
VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 45
[ ‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
Movie Record ‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ‬/‫ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬،‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
.(‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬
2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:33
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) EIS‬ﻣُﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣُﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻌﻮﺽ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ‪) EIS‬ﻣُﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫‪‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫‪‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TVPC‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪.<EIS‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪) EIS‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪EIS‬‬
‫‪On EIS‬‬
‫‪EIS‬‬
‫‪EIS‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪) <On> ‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.EIS‬‬
‫‪) <Off> ‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.EIS‬‬
‫‪720iF‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TVPC‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪EIS‬‬
‫‪On EIS‬‬
‫‪EIS‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off EIS‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Movie Record‬‬
‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪SFF‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪SFF‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪SFF‬‬
‫‪SF‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪٤٦‬‬
‫‪٤٦‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:37‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 46‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) AF‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Focus‬ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV PC‬‬
‫‪TVPC‬‬
‫‪ : <AF> ‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : <MF> ‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ ،<AF‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Focus‬‬
‫‪Focus‬‬
‫‪AF Focus‬‬
‫‪Focus‬‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Focus‬‬
‫‪Focus‬‬
‫‪AF Focus‬‬
‫‪Focus‬‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫>‪Manual Focus <MF‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ >‪ <AF‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Movie Record‬‬
‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV PC‬‬
‫‪TVPC‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻃﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﻮﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720iF‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720iF‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:40‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 47‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) BLC‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﻋﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩًﺍ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺗﻤًﺎ ﺟﺪًﺍ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪SS‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪BLC‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪BLC‬‬
‫‪BLC‬‬
‫‪On BLC‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ >‪.<BLC‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪) <On> ‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.BLC‬‬
‫‪) <Off> ‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ :‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.BLC‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪BLC‬‬
‫‪BLC‬‬
‫‪On BLC‬‬
‫‪BLC‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ BLC‬ﻋﻠﻰ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Movie Record‬‬
‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TVPC‬‬
‫‪TVPC‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ )‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720iF‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720iF‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٤٨‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:43‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 48‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﻗﻤﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Digital Zoom‬ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ( ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻤﻞء ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻲ ﺃﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Digital Zoom‬ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪Digital ZoomPCPC‬‬
‫‪Digital Zoom‬‬
‫‪Zoom‬‬
‫‪Digital‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Digital Zoom‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪) <On> ‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪) 10x‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪(100x‬‬
‫‪) <Off> ‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 10x‬ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪Digital ZoomPCPC‬‬
‫‪Digital Zoom‬‬
‫‪Zoom‬‬
‫‪Digital‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Digital Zoom‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Movie Record‬‬
‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720iF‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720iF‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:46‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 49‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪MoviePC‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪MoviePCMode‬‬
‫‪Record‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪RecordPCPCMode‬‬
‫‪Record‬‬
‫‪Record Mode‬‬
‫‪Mode‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪MoviePC‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪MoviePCMode‬‬
‫‪Record‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺩﺕ >‪ ،<TV‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ >‪ <i‬ﻣﻊ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺩﺕ >‪ ،<PC‬ﻓﺴﻴﻈﻬﺮ >‪ <p‬ﻣﻊ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ <TV‬ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 720i‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ <PC‬ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 720p‬ﺃﻭ ‪.352p‬‬
‫✤ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ ،352(352x288‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ <PC‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Movie Record‬‬
‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪Movie2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪ : <TV> ‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : <PC> ‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720iF‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Record Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪RecordPCMode‬‬
‫‪Record‬‬
‫‪Record Mode‬‬
‫‪Mode‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪720p‬‬
‫‪720pF‬‬
‫‪720p‬‬
‫‪720pF‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:49‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 50‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺧﻞ‪ /‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪.‬‬
‫➥ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٢٧‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪١٢٩‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Line In/Out‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪InPC‬‬
‫‪Line In/Out‬‬
‫‪Out‬‬
‫‪In Line In/Out‬‬
‫‪In‬‬
‫‪Out‬‬
‫‪Out‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Line In/Out‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪InPC‬‬
‫‪Line In/Out‬‬
‫‪Out‬‬
‫‪In Line In/Out‬‬
‫‪In‬‬
‫‪Out‬‬
‫‪Out‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Movie Record‬‬
‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪ : <In> ‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : <Out> ‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Line In/Out‬ﺩﺧﻞ‪/‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٥١‬‬
‫‪٥١‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:52‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 51‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ‬
‫]‪[PLAY‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [DELETE‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.LCD‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:10:40‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:10:40‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪ : <OK> ‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪) <Cancel> ‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎء(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Multi-View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪) W (WIDE‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [DELETE‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.LCD‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫>‪ : <OK‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Multi Select‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫> ✔ < ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﻟﻠﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <All‬ﻛﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Cancel‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎء(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Movie Record‬‬
‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٢‬‬
‫‪٥٢‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:56‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:10:40‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:10:40‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪100-0003‬‬
‫‪100-0003‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫?‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Multi Select‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Multi Select‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 52‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:10:40‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:10:40‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:10:40‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:10:40‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Play Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )‪ (OK‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫>‪) <Play One‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Play All‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ(‪ :‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﻳ ًﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Repeat One‬ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Repeat All‬ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[PLAY‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Play Mode‬‬
‫‪Play Mode‬‬
‫‪Mode‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Mode 1‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪One‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪Play One‬‬
‫‪One‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪ALL‬‬
‫‪Play One‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪ALL‬‬
‫‪ALL‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Repeat One ALL1‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Repeat One‬‬
‫‪One 11‬‬
‫‪Repeat‬‬
‫‪Repeat One 1‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Play Mode‬‬
‫‪Play Mode‬‬
‫‪Mode‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Mode 1‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪One‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪Play One‬‬
‫‪One‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪ALL‬‬
‫‪Play One‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪All One ALLALL1‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Repeat‬‬
‫‪ALL‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Repeat One‬‬
‫‪One 11‬‬
‫‪Repeat‬‬
‫‪Repeat One 1‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪00:00:10/00:10:30‬‬
‫‪00:00:10/00:10:30‬‬
‫‪00:00:10/00:10:30‬‬
‫‪720X576 00:00:10/00:10:30‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Movie Record‬‬
‫)ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٥٣‬‬
‫‪٥٣‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:04:58‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 53‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:10:40‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:10:40‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Lock‬ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻺﻗﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ > < ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪720X576‬‬
‫‪100-0002‬‬
‫‪100-0002‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Lock‬ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Lock‬ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ(‪ :‬ﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Multi Select‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫> < ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﻟﻠﻘﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Lock All‬ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Unlock All‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Multi-View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪) W (WIDE‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫?‬
‫?‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪٥٤‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:05:01‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 54‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻢ‪.‬ﺣﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Copy To‬‬
‫‪OK Copy To‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Copy To‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Copying file(s)...‬‬
‫‪Copy To‬‬
‫‪SMOV0005.AVI‬‬
‫‪Copying file(s)...‬‬
‫‪Copy To‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪SMOV0005.AVI‬‬
‫‪OKPress OK to cancel.‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Press OK to cancel.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Multi-View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪) W (WIDE‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪CancelMENU Exit‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Copy To‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : <OK> ‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪) <Multi Select> ‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫> ✔‪ <‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪) <All> ‬ﻛﻞ(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ >‪) <Copy To‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ( ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:05:03‬‬
‫?‬
‫?‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪٥٥‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 55‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‪] W‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ T‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ‬
‫)ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪MEN‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪MOD‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪DELET‬‬
‫‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪٥٧ .................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪٥٧ ...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ‪٥٨ ..............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪٥٩ .................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪٥٩ ....................................................LCD‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪٦٠ ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ‪٦١ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ‪٦١ .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ )ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ( ‪٦٢ ...........................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ‪٦٣ .....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻼﺵ ‪٦٤ ....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪٦٥ ............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) EIS‬ﻣُﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ( ‪٦٦ .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ‪٦٧ ....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) BLC‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ( ‪٦٨ ....................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ‪٦٩ .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪٧٠ ................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪٧٠ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪٧١ .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) DPOF‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ( ‪٧٢ ...................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪٧٣ .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪٧٤ ............................................................................‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻓﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻌﻄﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٦‬‬
‫‪٥٦‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:05:06‬‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 56‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪MOD‬‬
‫‪ININ‬‬
‫‪DCDC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪DELETE‬‬
‫‪DELET‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪MEN‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪MOD‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪DELET‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ ) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ /‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫✤ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ >‪) <External‬ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ(‪➥ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪٩٧‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٥٧‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:05:07‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 037~057.indd 57‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ‪.10x‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫●‬
‫●‬
‫●‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫●‬
‫●‬
‫●‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺣﺠﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.T‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ‪ ،10x‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ،LCD‬ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.W‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫)ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺪﻑ(‪.‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 10x‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 10x‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪.100x‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٥٨‬‬
‫‪٥٨‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:06:34‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 58‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫‪SS‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ >‪) <No Files...‬ﻻ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ً‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Photo Capture‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪MOD‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪DELET‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪MEN‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪100-0002‬‬
‫‪100-0002‬‬
‫‪100-0002‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٥٩‬‬
‫‪٥٩‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:06:37‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 59‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ( ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪720X480‬‬
‫‪720X480‬‬
‫‪720X480‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺛﻢ ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪W (WIDE‬‬
‫)ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪/‬ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔً‪.‬‬
‫‪View‬‬
‫‪View‬‬
‫‪View‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ >‪) <No Files...‬ﻻ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.(...‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:06:40‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 60‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ‪) White Balance‬ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ( ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻸﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻞ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <White Balance‬ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) Auto‬ﺁﻟﻲ(‬
‫‪) Daylight‬ﻧﻬﺎﺭ(‬
‫‪) Fluorescent‬ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺴﻨﺖ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎءﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻤﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻮﺭﻭﺳﻨﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Tungsten‬ﺗﻨﺠﺴﺘﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎءﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻤﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻫﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Custom‬ﻣﺨﺼﺺ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Auto‬ﺁﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Custom‬ﻣﺨﺼﺺ(‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء )ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻸ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:06:42‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪White Balance‬‬
‫‪White‬‬
‫‪White Balance‬‬
‫‪Balance‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪White‬‬
‫‪Balance‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪White Balance‬‬
‫‪White‬‬
‫‪White Balance‬‬
‫‪Balance‬‬
‫‪White‬‬
‫‪Balance‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪Daylight‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪Fluorescent‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ >‪) <Auto‬ﺁﻟﻲ( ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ >‪) <Custom‬ﻣﺨﺼﺺ( ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٦١‬‬
‫‪٦١‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 61‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ )ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) Program AE‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ( ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻟﻤﻼءﻣﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Program AE‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Program AE‬‬
‫‪Program‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪Program‬‬
‫‪ProgramAE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Spotlight‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Spotlight‬‬
‫‪Spotlight‬‬
‫‪Spotlight OK‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪) Auto‬ﺁﻟﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٥٠/١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٢٥٠/١‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫‪) Sports‬ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ(‬
‫‪) Spotlight‬ﺿﻮء(‬
‫‪) Sand/Snow‬ﺛﻠﺞ‪ /‬ﺭﻣﻞ (‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻄﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Auto‬ﺁﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Program AE‬‬
‫‪Program‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪Program‬‬
‫‪ProgramAE‬‬
‫‪AE‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Spotlight‬‬
‫‪Sports‬‬
‫‪Spotlight‬‬
‫‪Spotlight‬‬
‫‪Spotlight OK‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﻮﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٦٢‬‬
‫‪٦٢‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:06:46‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 62‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Effect‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪) Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‬
‫‪) Art‬ﻓﻦ(‬
‫‪) Mosaic‬ﻓﺴﻴﻔﺴﺎء(‬
‫‪) Sepia‬ﺑﻨﻲ(‬
‫‪) Negative‬ﻧﻴﺠﺎﺗﻴﻒ(‬
‫‪) Mirror‬ﻣﺮﺁﺓ(‬
‫‪B&W‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء >‪) <Effect‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻏﻄﺎء ﻓﺴﻴﻔﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﺤﺎﻛﻲ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺠﺎﺗﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺼﻔﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Effect‬‬
‫‪Effect‬‬
‫‪Off Effect‬‬
‫‪Off Effect‬‬
‫‪Art‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Art‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Mosaic‬‬
‫‪Art‬‬
‫‪Mosaic‬‬
‫‪Art‬‬
‫‪Mosaic‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Mosaic‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Effect‬‬
‫‪Effect‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Effect‬‬
‫‪SepiaEffect‬‬
‫‪Negative‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Negative‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Mirror‬‬
‫‪Negative‬‬
‫‪Mirror‬‬
‫‪Negative‬‬
‫‪Mirror‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Mirror‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:06:50‬‬
‫‪Mirror‬‬
‫‪Mirror‬‬
‫‪Mirror‬‬
‫‪Mirror‬‬
‫‪٦٣‬‬
‫‪٦٣‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 63‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻳُﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻣﻔﻴﺪًﺍ ﺟﺪًﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻴﻼً‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ً‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻄﻔﺊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Auto‬ﺁﻟﻲ(‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:06:53‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Flash‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪Flash‬‬
‫‪OnPhoto‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Auto Flash‬‬
‫‪Off Flash OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Select MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪Select 100MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪Capturing... 100‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٦٤‬‬
‫‪٦٤‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻓﻌﺎ ًﻻ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪On Flash‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Auto Flash‬‬
‫‪Flash‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪Photo2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Flash‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Flash‬ﻓﻼﺵ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪Capturing... 100‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 64‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻝ ﺑﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Continuous Shot‬ﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <3 shots‬ﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ‪ :(3‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ‪ ٣‬ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:06:56‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Continuous‬‬
‫‪Photo Shot‬‬
‫‪Continuous Shot‬‬
‫‪Continuous Shot‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Continuous‬‬
‫‪3 shots Shot‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪3 shots‬‬
‫‪3Off‬‬
‫‪shots‬‬
‫‪3 shots‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) Continuous Shot‬ﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo Shot‬‬
‫‪Continuous‬‬
‫‪Continuous Shot‬‬
‫‪Continuous‬‬
‫‪Shot‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Continuous‬‬
‫‪3 shots Shot‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪3 shots‬‬
‫‪3Off‬‬
‫‪shots‬‬
‫‪3 shots‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٦٥‬‬
‫‪٦٥‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 65‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) EIS‬ﻣُﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣُﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻌﻮﺽ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ‪ EIS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫◆ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫◆ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫◆ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫◆ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪PhotoEIS‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪EIS‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off EIS‬‬
‫‪EIS‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪PhotoEIS‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪EIS‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off EIS‬‬
‫‪EIS‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Select MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪Select 100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:07:00‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.EIS‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.EIS‬‬
‫‪٦٦‬‬
‫‪٦٦‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪.<EIS‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪) EIS‬‬
‫◆ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 66‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Focus‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪AF Focus‬‬
‫‪Focus‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪AF Focus‬‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪ : <AF‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪ : <MF‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ ،<MF‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ (‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ ،<AF‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫>‪Manual Focus <MF‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻃﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﻮﺝ‬
‫ً‬
‫◆ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Focus‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪AF Focus‬‬
‫‪Focus‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪AF Focus‬‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:07:03‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪SS‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Focus‬ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪SS‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٦٧‬‬
‫‪٦٧‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 67‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) BLC‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﻋﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩًﺍ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻗﺎﺗﻤًﺎ ﺟﺪًﺍ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪Photo2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ >‪.<BLC‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺍﻟﺰﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.BLC‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ :‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.BLC‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪BLC‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪On BLC‬‬
‫‪Off BLC‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪BLC‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ )‬
‫◆ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﺰ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪Capturing...100‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪BLC‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪On BLC‬‬
‫‪Off BLC‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪BLC‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪Capturing...100‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) BLC‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪٦٨‬‬
‫‪٦٨‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:07:06‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 68‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮﺍ ﺭﻗﻤﻴًﺎ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 10x‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ‪ ،10x‬ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ‪ 100x‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Digital Zoom‬ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‬
‫◆ >‪) <On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪) 10x‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪(100x‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺋﻲ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 10x‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Digital‬‬
‫‪PhotoZoom‬‬
‫‪Digital‬‬
‫‪Digital Zoom‬‬
‫‪Zoom‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪OffDigital Zoom‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫◆ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Capturing...‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Digital‬‬
‫‪PhotoZoom‬‬
‫‪Digital Zoom‬‬
‫‪Zoom‬‬
‫‪Digital‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪OffDigital Zoom‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪1X‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪10X‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:07:09‬‬
‫‪٦٩‬‬
‫‪٦٩‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 69‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ)ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺮﺹﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [DELETE‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.LCD‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫◆ >‪ : <OK‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Cancel‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎء(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Multi-View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‬
‫ﺯﺭ‬
‫]‪[PLAY‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Move 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪) W (WIDE‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [DELETE‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.LCD‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫>‪ : <OK‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Multi Select‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫> ✔ < ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﻟﻠﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <All‬ﻛﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Cancel‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎء(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫‪٧٠‬‬
‫‪٧٠‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:07:13‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪View‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪View‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Move 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Multi Select‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪CanceSlelect‬‬
‫‪Multi‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 70‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Slide‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺣﺪﺩ >)‪) <Interval (sec.‬ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ )ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(( ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪ ١ :‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ٍ ١٠‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺣﺪﺩ >‪) <Repeat‬ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ( ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ :‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﺣﺪﺩ >‪) <Start‬ﺑﺪﺃ( ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺗﺎﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Slide‬‬
‫‪Slide‬‬
‫‪Start Slide‬‬
‫‪Start‬‬
‫)‪Interval (sec.‬‬
‫)‪(sec.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Interval‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Start‬‬
‫‪Repeat‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫)‪Interval (sec.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Repeat‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Repeat‬‬
‫‪Off MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Slide‬‬
‫‪Slide‬‬
‫‪Slide‬‬
‫‪Start‬‬
‫‪Start‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Interval‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Interval‬‬
‫)‪(sec.‬‬
‫)‪Start (sec.‬‬
‫‪Repeat‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Interval‬‬
‫)‪Repeat (sec.‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Repeat‬‬
‫‪Off MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Slide‬‬
‫‪Slide‬‬
‫‪Slide‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Stop‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Stop‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Stop‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٧١‬‬
‫‪٧١‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:07:19‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 71‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) DPOF‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣُﺴﺠﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪) DPOF‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ DPOF‬ﺇﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪Copies‬‬
‫‪Copies‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ DPOF‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪.<DPOF‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Copies‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ(‪ :‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪) .‬ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ٠ :‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(٣٠‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.DPOF‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ DPOF‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪) W (WIDE‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Copies‬‬
‫‪Set All‬‬
‫‪Reset All‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫◆ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪.<DPOF‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Copies‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ(‪ :‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪) .‬ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ٠ :‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(٣٠‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Set All‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪.DPOF‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Reset All‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ(‪ :‬ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫‪٧٢‬‬
‫‪٧٢‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ > < ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑًﺎ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪.DPOF‬‬
‫✤ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ١٣٠‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪.DPOF‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:07:24‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪View‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪Copies‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Set All AR 058~075.indd 72‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K‬‬
‫‪Reset All‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Lock‬ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻘﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻹﻗﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪Multi Select‬‬
‫‪Multi Select‬‬
‫‪Lock All‬‬
‫‪Lock All‬‬
‫‪Unlock All‬‬
‫‪Unlock All‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Multi-View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪) W (WIDE‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Lock‬ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫>‪) <Lock‬ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ(‪ :‬ﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Multi Select‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ > < ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﻟﻠﻘﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Lock All‬ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Unlock All‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ > < ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:07:29‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪View‬‬
‫‪View‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪٧٣‬‬
‫‪٧٣‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 73‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪) Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪Copy To‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Copy To‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫◆ ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Multi-View‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪) W (WIDE‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Multi Select‬‬
‫‪Multi‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪AllPress‬‬
‫‪OK to cancel.‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Copying file(s)...‬‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪Copying‬‬
‫‪file(s)...‬‬
‫‪DCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪DCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OKPress OK to cancel.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:07:34‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Copying‬‬
‫‪Copyfile(s)...‬‬
‫‪To‬‬
‫‪DPOFTo‬‬
‫‪SMOV0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪Copy‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Copy To‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ >‪) <Copy To‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ( ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ✤ ٧٤‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo Capture‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٤‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪ : <OK‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Multi Select‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫> ✔ < ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <All‬ﻛﻞ(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Press OK to cancel.‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫‪Copying file(s)...‬‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪Copying‬‬
‫‪file(s)...‬‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K‬‬
‫‪ARto058~075.indd‬‬
‫‪74‬‬
‫‪Press OK‬‬
‫‪cancel.‬‬
‫‪Press OK to cancel.‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪]W‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪Movie .‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ‬
‫)ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪MEN‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪/‬ﻞﻴﻐﺸﺗ ﺭﺯ‬
‫ﻑﺎﻘﻳﺇ‬
‫‪MOD‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪DELET‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪MP3‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪ MP3‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪٧٦ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ‪٧٦ ............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪٧٧ ................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٧٧ ...........................................................................MP3‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪٧٨ .........................................................................MP3‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٧٨ ........................................................................... MP3‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ ‪٧٩ ........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻥ‪٨٠ ..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٨١ ............................................................................. MP3‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٨٢ .............................................................................MP3‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫◆ ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻓﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻌﻄﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ MP3‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫‪٧٥‬‬
‫‪٧٥‬‬
‫‪٥٥٧٧‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:07:36‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 058~075.indd 75‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ :MP3‬ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪ MP3‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء!‬
‫◆ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ >‪) <USB Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ (USB‬ﻋﻠﻰ >‪) <Mass Storge‬ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪٩٨‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺃ‪ -‬ﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺏ‪ -‬ﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻺﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮًﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪ MUSIC‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﻧﻘﺮًﺍ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MP3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺃﺳﻘﻄﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪) MUSIC‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪ ٢٠٠٠‬ﻣﻠﻒ ‪.MP3‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻺﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ '‪') 'Safely Remove Hardware‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ'(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺣﺪﺩ "‪) "Stop‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ( ﻭﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٦‬‬
‫] ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ [‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MP3‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٣٢‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:08:40‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 76‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ :MP3‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪MP3‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪Life is cool.mp3‬‬
‫‪Everytime.mp3‬‬
‫‪Life‬‬
‫‪is cool.mp3‬‬
‫‪Toxic.mp3‬‬
‫‪Everytime.mp3‬‬
‫‪Don't push me.mp3‬‬
‫‪Toxic.mp3‬‬
‫‪Love push‬‬
‫‪you.mp3‬‬
‫‪Don't‬‬
‫‪me.mp3‬‬
‫‪Love you.mp3‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ MP3‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.MP3‬‬
‫◆ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ mp3‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ "‪") "No Files...‬ﻻ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.("...‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MP3‬ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MP3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪ /‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ(‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‬
‫◆ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ – ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ‪ -‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ – ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ‬
‫◆ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ‪ -‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪/‬ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪ MP3‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪1/6‬‬
‫‪1/6‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Life is cool.mp3‬‬
‫‪Sweetbox‬‬
‫‪Life‬‬
‫‪is cool.mp3‬‬
‫‪Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps‬‬
‫‪Sweetbox‬‬
‫‪Stereo‬‬
‫‪44.1KHz 192Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:01:07/00:03:27‬‬
‫‪00:01:07/00:03:27‬‬
‫‪Pause‬‬
‫‪Pause‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ‪ -‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪) HOLD‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪(MP3/‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪) HOLD‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ (MP3/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪) HOLD‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ (MP3/‬ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ MP3‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﺳﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MP3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪.MP3‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪.MP3‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻔﺸﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺳﻴﻔﺸﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺗﺎﻟﻔًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ VBR‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ‪ VBR‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺟﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.LCD‬‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻃﻮﻳ ً‬
‫✤ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٨‬ﻙ ﺏ‪/‬ﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٣٢٠‬ﻙ ﺏ‪/‬ﺙ ﻭ‪.VBR‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:08:41‬‬
‫‪٧٧‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 77‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ :MP3‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪MP3‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪MP3‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MP3‬ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪.MP3‬‬
‫‪1/6‬‬
‫‪1/6‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Life is cool.mp3‬‬
‫‪Life‬‬
‫‪is cool.mp3‬‬
‫‪Sweetbox‬‬
‫‪Sweetbox‬‬
‫‪Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Life is cool.mp3‬‬
‫‪Life‬‬
‫‪is cool.mp3‬‬
‫‪Everytime.mp3‬‬
‫‪Everytime.mp3‬‬
‫‪Toxic.mp3‬‬
‫‪Toxic.mp3‬‬
‫‪Don't push me.mp3‬‬
‫‪Don't push me.mp3‬‬
‫‪Love you.mp3‬‬
‫‪Love you.mp3‬‬
‫‪Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:03:27‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:03:27‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ MP3‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.MP3‬‬
‫◆ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MP3‬ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪Pause‬‬
‫‪Pause‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪MP3‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪1/6‬‬
‫‪1/6‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [DELETE‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫>‪ : <OK‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ Mp3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Multi Select‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ Mp3‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫> ✔ < ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫]‪Move .[PLAY‬‬
‫‪ Play‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‪Select‬‬
‫>‪) <All‬ﻛﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪.MP3‬‬
‫>‪) <Cancel‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎء(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MP3‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪1/6‬‬
‫‪1/6‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪Life is cool.mp3‬‬
‫‪Life‬‬
‫‪is cool.mp3‬‬
‫‪Sweetbox‬‬
‫‪Sweetbox‬‬
‫‪Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪Stereo‬‬
‫‪44.1KHz 192Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:03:27‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MP3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [DELETE‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪ : <OK‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MP3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Cancel‬ﻟﻐﺎء(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/00:03:27‬‬
‫‪Pause‬‬
‫‪Pause‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪1/6‬‬
‫‪1/6‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪٧٨‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:08:44‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 78‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
AR
MP3 ‫ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬:MP3 ‫ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ‬
٣
Life is cool.mp3
Life
is cool.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Life
is cool.mp3
cool.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Life
is
Toxic.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Toxic.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Don't push me.mp3
Toxic.mp3
Don't
push me.mp3
Toxic.mp3
Love you.mp3
Don'tyou.mp3
push me.mp3
me.mp3
Love
Don't
push
Love you.mp3
you.mp3
OK Play
MoveLove
Move
Move
Move
OK
OK
OK
.‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬/‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬.١
.(‫ )ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬Movie Record ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
.[MODE] ‫ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬MP3 ‫ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ‬.٢
Play
Play
Play
MP3
MP3
MP3Life is cool.mp3
MP3
Repeat
Life
is cool.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Repeat
Life is
is cool.mp3
cool.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Repeat
Life
Off Repeat
Toxic.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Off
1 me
Everytime.mp3
RepeatToxic.mp3
One
Don't
on't
't push
me.m
me.mp3
3
Off Don't
Toxic.mp3
1 me
Repeat
One
on't
't you.mp3
push
me.m
me.mp3
3
Off
Love
RepeatToxic.mp3
Folder
1 me
RepeatLove
One
Don't
on't
push
me.m
me.mp3
1 me
One
Repeat
Folder
Don't
on't
't'tyou.mp3
push
me.m
me.mp3
33
Love
you.mp3
Repeat
Folder
OK Select
MENU Exit
MoveLove
you.mp3
Repeat
Folder
Move
Move
Move
OK
OK
OK
Select
Select
Select
MENU
MENU
MENU
Select
OK Select
OK Select
OK
Exit
MENU Exit
MENU Exit
MENU
1
1
1
1
Life is cool.mp3
Life
is cool.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Life
is cool.mp3
cool.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Life
is
Toxic.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Toxic.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Don't push me.mp3
Toxic.mp3
Don't
push me.mp3
Toxic.mp3
Love you.mp3
Don'tyou.mp3
push me.mp3
me.mp3
Love
Don't
push
Love
you.mp3
OK Play
MoveLove you.mp3
Move
Move
Move
OK
OK
OK
.MP3 ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
٤
Play
Play
Play
.‫[ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬MENU] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٣
.(‫< )ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬Repeat> ‫ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬/‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‬
.[‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬/‫ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬.٤
Exit
Exit
Exit
MP3
MP3
MP3Life is cool.mp3
MP3
Repeat
Life
is cool.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Repeat
Life is
is cool.mp3
cool.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Repeat
Off Repeat
Life
Toxic.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Off
1 me
RepeatToxic.mp3
One't push
Everytime.mp3
Don't
me.m
me.mp3
3
Off Don't
Toxic.mp3
1 me
Repeat
One
Off
't you.mp3
push
me.m
me.mp3
3
RepeatToxic.mp3
Folder
Love
1 me
RepeatLove
One'tyou.mp3
Don't
push
me.m
me.mp3
1 me
One
Repeat
Folder
Don't
't push
me.m
me.mp3
33
Repeat
Folder
Love
you.mp3
OK Select
MENU Exit
MoveLove
Repeat
Folder
you.mp3
Move
Move
Move
.‫ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‬MP3 ‫ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬MP3 ‫ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬MP3 ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
٥
.‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬MP3 ‫ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ‬،‫ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬:(‫< )ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬Off>
.‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‬MP3 ‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ‬:(‫< )ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬Repeat One>
.‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‬:(‫< )ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬Repeat Folder>
.‫ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬MP3 ‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬:(‫< )ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬Repeat All>
.‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬:(‫< )ﺧﻠﻂ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬Shuffle Folder>
.‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬MP3 ‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬:(‫< )ﺧﻠﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬Shuffle All>
◆
◆
◆
◆
◆
◆
.‫[ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬MENU] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٥
.[‫ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬MP3 ‫ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
.‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬،MP3 ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
.‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
.‫ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﺰ‬،(‫< )ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬Off> ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
◆
◆
◆
◆
[ ‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬/‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
.‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
.‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
٧٩
VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 79
2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:08:50
AR
MP3 ‫ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬:MP3 ‫ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
.‫ )ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻥ( ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬Equalizer ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬
٢
Life is cool.mp3
Life
is cool.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Life
is cool.mp3
cool.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Life
is
Toxic.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Toxic.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Don't push me.mp3
Toxic.mp3
Don't
push me.mp3
Toxic.mp3
Love you.mp3
Don't
push me.mp3
me.mp3
Love you.mp3
Don't
push
Love you.mp3
you.mp3
OK Play
MoveLove
Move
Move
Move
OK
OK
OK
MP3
MP3
MP3
MP3
.‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬/‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬.١
.(‫ )ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬Movie Record ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
.[MODE] ‫ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬MP3 ‫ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ‬.٢
Play
Play
Play
.MP3 ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
٣
.‫[ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬MENU] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٣
.(‫< )ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬Equalizer> ‫ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬/‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‬
Move
Move
Move
Move
OK
MENU
OK
MENU
OK
OK
MENU
MENU
Exit
Exit
Exit
Exit
MP3
MP3
MP3
MP3
٤
.[‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬/‫ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬.٤
(‫< )ﺟﺎﺯ‬Jazz>/(‫< )ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬Classic>/(‫< )ﺑﻮﺏ‬Pop>/(‫< )ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬Off> ◆
.‫[ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬MENU] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٥
Move
Move
Move
Move
Select
Select
OK Select
OK Select
OK
OK
Exit
Exit
MENU Exit
MENU Exit
1/6
1/6
1/6
Life is cool.mp3
1/6
Life
is cool.mp3
Sweetbox
Life
is 44.1KHz
cool.mp3
Sweetbox
Life
is
cool.mp3
Stereo
192Kbps
Sweetbox
Stereo
44.1KHz 192Kbps
Sweetbox
00:01:07/00:03:27
Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps
192Kbps
Stereo
44.1KHz
00:01:07/00:03:27
00:01:07/00:03:27
00:01:07/00:03:27
Search
Search
Search
Search
List
List
List
List
.‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬
.‫ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻣﺰ‬،(‫< )ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬Off> ‫◆ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
MENU
MENU
OK
OK
OK
OK
POP
POP
٥
[ ‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
.‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
POP
POP
Pause
Pause
Pause
Pause
VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 80
٨٠
2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:08:58
AR
MP3 ‫ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬:MP3 ‫ﻭﺿﻊ‬
MP3 ‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
٢
٣
Lifeis
iscool.mp3
cool.mp3
Life
Lock
Lock
Everytime.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Lock
Toxic.mp3
Lock Toxic.mp3
MultiSelect
Select
Don't
pushme
me.m
me
me.mp3
Multi
Don't
't'tpush
me.m
me.mp3
33
Loveyou.mp3
you.mp3
LockAll
All
Love
Lock
Select
Select
OK
OK
MENU
MENU
Exit
Exit
٣
Exit
Exit
٨١
Move
Move
Pause
Pause
٤
1/6
1/6
OK
OK
.‫[ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬MENU] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٣
.<‫< >ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬Lock> ‫ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬/‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‬
192Kbps
Stere
Stereo
KHzz 192Kbps
44.1
44.1KHz
Lock
.[‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ‬/‫ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬.٤
oo 44.1
Stere
Stereo
KH
44.1KHz
Lock
.‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬MP3 ‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ‬:(‫< )ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬Lock>
.[‫ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬MP3 ‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬:(‫< )ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬Multi Select>
Select
Move
Exit
Select
Move
Exit
.[PLAY]
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬.‫> < ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
.MP3 ‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬:(‫< )ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬Lock All>
.MP3 ‫ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬:(‫< )ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬Unlock All>
◆
◆
MENU
MENU
◆
◆
.‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬MP3 ‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
OK
OK
Lock
Lock
MENU
MENU
MP3 ‫ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬MP3 ‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
[‫[ ﺃﻭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬PLAY] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٣
192Kbps
Stere
Stereo
KHzz 192Kbps
44.1
44.1KHz
Lock
oo 44.1
Stere
Stereo
KH
44.1KHz
Lock
00:00:00/00:03:27
00:00:00/00:03:27
me.m
me
me.mp3
me
me.m
me.mp3
33
p3
p3
Pause
Pause
.MP3 ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
.[‫ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬MP3 ‫◆ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬MP3 ‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
List
List
MP3
MP3
mp3
mp3
p3
p3
OK
OK
1/6
1/6
MP3
MP3
OK
OK
192Kbps
Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps
Stereo
44.1KHz
00:00:00/00:03:27
00:00:00/00:03:27
Search
Search
List
List
00:00:00/00:03:27
00:00:00/00:03:27
Life is
is cool.mp3
cool.mp3
Life
Sweetbox
Sweetbox
me.mp3
me.mp3
p3
p3
.(‫ )ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬Movie Record ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
.[MODE] ‫ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬MP3 ‫ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ‬.٢
Lock
Lock
1/6
1/6
mp3
mp3
p3
p3
ct
ct
Search
Search
MP3
MP3
Move
Move
.‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬/‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬.١
192Kbps
Stereo 44.1KHz
44.1KHz 192Kbps
Stereo
00:00:00/00:03:27
00:00:00/00:03:27
Play
Play
OK
OK
1/6
Lifeis
iscool.mp3
cool.mp3
Life
Sweetbox
Sweetbox
Lifeis
iscool.mp3
cool.mp3
Life
Everytime.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Toxic.mp3
Toxic.mp3
Don'tpush
pushme.mp3
me.mp3
Don't
Loveyou.mp3
you.mp3
Love
Move
Move
‫ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬.‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ‬MP3 ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
.‫ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
1/6
Select
Select
.‫[ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬MENU] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٤
.(‫< )ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬Lock> ‫ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬/‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‬
.[‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬.٥
.‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬MP3 ‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
.‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ > < ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻞ‬
.‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
MENU
MENU
Exit
Exit
VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 81
2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:09:05
AR
MP3 ‫ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬:MP3 ‫ﻭﺿﻊ‬
MP3 ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
٣
Life
Life is
is cool.mp3
cool.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Toxic.mp3
Toxic.mp3
Don't
Don't push
push me.mp3
me.mp3
Love
Love you.mp3
you.mp3
Move
Move
3
3
Search
Move
Move
Search
List
Select
Select
List
٤
Pause
Exit
Exit
Pause
1/6
٥
.MP3 ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
.[‫ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬MP3 ‫◆ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
MP3 ‫ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬MP3 ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
1/6
1/6
MP3
MP3
.‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬MP3 ‫ ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻒ‬: <OK> ◆
Move
Select(‫])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬Exit
.[‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺒﻘﺮﺹ‬
‫ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ‬MP3 ‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬:(‫< )ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬Multi Select> ◆
Move
Select
Exit
.[PLAY] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.‫> ✔ < ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
.MP3 ‫ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻒ‬:(‫< )ﻛﻞ‬All> ◆
MP3
1/6
MENU
MENU
MP3
1/6
‫ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬MP3 ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
[‫[ ﺃﻭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬PLAY] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٤
OK
OK
00:00:00/00:03:27
Exit
Move
OK
Select
MENU
Exit
ENU
Exit
Move
OK
Select
MENU
Exit
MP3
Pause
Pause
Copying file(s)...
Copying file(s)...
LifeDPOF
is cool.mp3
LifeDPOF
is cool.mp3
ENU
1/6
OKPress OK to cancel.
Cancel
Press OK to cancel.
Move
OK
CancelMENU Exit
Select
Move
OK
Select
MENU
Exit
VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 82
.‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬MP3 ‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
Press OK to cancel.
Press OK to cancel.
Cancel
Cancel
Move
Move
٦
1/6
MP3 file(s)...
Copying
LifeDPOF
is cool.mp3
Copying file(s)...
is cool.mp3
OKLifeDPOF
OK
OK
OK
OK
00:00:00/00:03:27
Stereo
OK 44.1KHz 192Kbps
3
List
List
.‫[ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬MENU] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٤
.(‫< )ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬Copy To> ‫ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬/‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‬
00:00:00/00:03:27
[‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ‬/‫ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬.٥
00:00:00/00:03:27
1/6
Life MP3
is cool.mp3
Copy To
Sweetbox
Life is cool.mp3
Stereo
44.1KHz
To192Kbps
OK Copy
Sweetbox
3
.(‫ )ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬Movie Record ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
.[MODE] ‫ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬MP3 ‫ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ‬.٣
Life
cool.mp3
Life is
isCopy
cool.mp3
Copy To
To
Sweetbox
Sweetbox
Stereo
44.1KHz 192Kbps
OK
Stereo
OK 44.1KHz 192Kbps
OK
MENU
MENU
OK
OK
OK
MP3
Life
Life is
is cool.mp3
cool.mp3
Sweetbox
Sweetbox
Search
Search
1/6
MP3
MP3
1/6
Life is cool.mp3
Life
is
Copy
Sweetbox
LifeTo
is cool.mp3
cool.mp3
To
Life isCopy
cool.mp3
Everytime.mp3
Stereo 44.1KHz
192Kbps
Everytime.mp3
Sweetbox
OK
Toxic.mp3
OK
00:00:00/00:03:27
Toxic.mp3
Stereo
192Kbps
44.1KHz
Don't
't
push
me.m
me.mp3
33
Multi
Select
Don't
't push me
me.m
me
me.mp3
Multi
Select
00:00:00/00:03:27
Love you.mp3
All
All Love you.mp3
.‫ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬.١
.‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬/‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬.٢
Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps
Stereo 44.1KHz 192Kbps
00:00:00/00:03:27
00:00:00/00:03:27
Play
Play
OK
OK
.‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ‬
1/6
1/6
OK
OK
Select
Select
MENU
MENU
Exit
Exit
.‫[ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬MENU] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٥
.(‫< )ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬Copy To> ‫ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬/‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‬
.[‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬.٦
.‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬MP3 ‫◆ ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
[ ‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬.‫✤ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
.‫ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
.‫< )ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ( ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬Copy To> ‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
.‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
٨٢
٨٢
2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:09:13
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪Voice‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫)ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫ﺯﺭ )ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‬
‫‪MEN‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪MOD‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder‬ﻣُﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪٨٤ ................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪٨٤ .......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪٨٥ ..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪٨٥ .......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪) Voice Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ(‪٨٦ ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪٨٦ ........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪٨٧ .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪٨٨ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪٨٩ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‪] W‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪T‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪Photo‬‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪DELET‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫)ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫◆ ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻟﻌﻄﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪٨٣‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:09:20‬‬
‫‪File Browser‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 83‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪SWAV0001.WAV‬‬
‫‪SWAV0001.WAV‬‬
‫‪SWAV0001.WAV‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/35:00:00‬‬
‫‪Stereo‬‬
‫‪8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/35:00:00‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/35:00:00‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:12/34:59:48‬‬
‫‪00:00:12/34:59:48‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ >‬
‫‪SWAV0001.WAV‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪SWAV0001.WAV‬‬
‫‪SWAV0001.WAV‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz‬‬
‫‪64Kbps‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00:00‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪00:00:12/34:59:48‬‬
‫< ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪SWAV0002.WAV‬‬
‫‪SWAV0002.WAV‬‬
‫‪SWAV0002.WAV‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:12/34:59:48‬‬
‫‪Stereo‬‬
‫‪8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:12/34:59:48‬‬
‫‪00:00:12/34:59:48‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٤‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:09:21‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 84‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪SWAV0004.WAV‬‬
‫‪SWAV0004.WAV‬‬
‫‪SWAV0004.WAV‬‬
‫‪SWAV0004.WAV‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/30:20:00‬‬
‫‪Stereo‬‬
‫‪8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪Stereo‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/30:20:00‬‬
‫‪8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/30:20:00‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/30:20:00‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Voice Playlist‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪/‬ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ً‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ٍ‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:09:22‬‬
‫‪3/3‬‬
‫‪3/3‬‬
‫‪3/3‬‬
‫‪3/3 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:36:25‬‬
‫‪12:00:00‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:36:25‬‬
‫‪12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:36:25‬‬
‫‪12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪01:00:02‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02‬‬
‫‪01:00:02 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪2/3‬‬
‫‪2/3‬‬
‫‪2/3‬‬
‫‪2/3 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:36:25‬‬
‫‪12:00:00‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:36:25‬‬
‫‪12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪12:36:25‬‬
‫‪12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪01:00:02‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02 AM‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪2/3‬‬
‫‪2/3‬‬
‫‪2/3‬‬
‫‪2/3‬‬
‫‪SWAV0002.WAV‬‬
‫‪SWAV0002.WAV‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪SWAV0002.WAV‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪SWAV0002.WAV‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz‬‬
‫‪64Kbps‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:36:25‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:36:25‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz‬‬
‫‪64Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:12/00:02:15‬‬
‫‪Stereo‬‬
‫‪8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪Stereo‬‬
‫‪00:00:12/00:02:15‬‬
‫‪8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:12/00:02:15‬‬
‫‪00:00:12/00:02:15‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪Pause‬‬
‫‪Pause‬‬
‫‪Pause‬‬
‫‪Pause‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪٨٥‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 85‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪) Voice Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ(‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/30:20:00‬‬
‫‪Stereo‬‬
‫‪64Kbps‬‬
‫‪Stereo 8.0KHz‬‬
‫‪8.0KHz 64Kbps‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/30:20:00‬‬
‫‪00:00:00/30:20:00‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Voice Playlist‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫>‪ :<OK‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Multi Select‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫> ✔ < ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[PLAY‬‬
‫>‪) <All‬ﻛﻞ(‪ :‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Cancel‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎء(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3/3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3/3‬‬
‫‪3/3 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪2006/01/0112:00:00‬‬
‫‪12:36:25AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00:00‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:36:25‬‬
‫‪12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪01:00:02‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02 AM‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [DELETE‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪SWAV0004.WAV‬‬
‫‪SWAV0004.WAV‬‬
‫‪SWAV0004.WAV‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪1/3 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Cance‬‬
‫‪l‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٦‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:09:24‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 86‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪) Voice Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ(‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪1/3 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:36:25‬‬
‫‪12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02‬‬
‫‪12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:36:25‬‬
‫‪12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02‬‬
‫‪01:00:02 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Voice Playlist‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫>‪) <Play One‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Play All‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ(‪ :‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﻳ ًﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Repeat One‬ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Repeat All‬ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:09:28‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder 1/3‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪Voice‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪Recorder 1/3‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Play All‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Play mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪Play All‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play All‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MEN‬‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪Repeat One‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪11Select‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MEN‬‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Repeat‬‬
‫‪One‬‬
‫‪Move One‬‬
‫‪Repeat‬‬
‫‪Repeat‬‬
‫‪One‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪12:00:00‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪1/3 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:36:25‬‬
‫‪12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02‬‬
‫‪12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:36:25‬‬
‫‪12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02‬‬
‫‪01:00:02 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪11 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪٨٧‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 87‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪) Voice Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ(‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪1/3 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/0112:00:00‬‬
‫‪12:36:25AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00:00‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02‬‬
‫‪12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:36:25‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02‬‬
‫‪01:00:02 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02 AM‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫◆ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Voice Playlist‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪ /‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Lock‬ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫>‪) <Lock‬ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Multi Select‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫< ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[PLAY‬‬
‫>‬
‫>‪) <Lock All‬ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Unlock All‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ > < ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪VoiceRecorder‬‬
‫‪Recorder‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪Voice‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪1/3 AM‬‬
‫‪Voice‬‬
‫‪Recorder 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/0‬‬
‫‪006/01/01‬‬
‫‪6/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:3‬‬
‫‪12:36‬‬
‫‪12:36:25‬‬
‫‪:36:25‬‬
‫‪:36:‬‬
‫‪66:25‬‬
‫‪: AM‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪12:00:00‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪LockLock‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00:00‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪006/01/01‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪01:00:0‬‬
‫‪:00:‬‬
‫‪022 A‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪01:00:02‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/0‬‬
‫‪006/01/01‬‬
‫‪6/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:3‬‬
‫‪12:36‬‬
‫‪12:36:25‬‬
‫‪:36:25‬‬
‫‪:36:‬‬
‫‪66:25‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪Multi 2006/01/0‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪006/01/01‬‬
‫‪6/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:3‬‬
‫‪12:36‬‬
‫‪12:36:25‬‬
‫‪:36:25‬‬
‫‪:36:‬‬
‫‪66:25‬‬
‫‪:: A‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪Lock 2006/01/0‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪006/01/01‬‬
‫‪6/01/01 12:3‬‬
‫‪12:36‬‬
‫‪12:36:25‬‬
‫‪:36:25‬‬
‫‪:36:‬‬
‫‪66:25‬‬
‫‪: A‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪006/01/01‬‬
‫‪01:00:0‬‬
‫‪:00:02‬‬
‫‪02‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪01:00:02‬‬
‫‪Lock Select‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪006/01/01‬‬
‫‪66‬‬
‫‪01:00:0‬‬
‫‪:00:‬‬
‫‪22 A‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪01:00:02‬‬
‫‪Multi‬‬
‫‪Multi‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪006/01/01‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪01:00:0‬‬
‫‪:00:022 A‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪01:00:02‬‬
‫‪Multi‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Lock All‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Select MENU‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪Recorder 1/3‬‬
‫‪Voice‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪Voice‬‬
‫‪Recorder 1/3‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪LockLock‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪006/01/01‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪01:00:0‬‬
‫‪:00:022 A‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪01:00:02‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪Multi Select‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪006/01/01‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪01:00:0‬‬
‫‪:00:02‬‬
‫‪02‬‬
‫‪2A‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪01:00:02‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪006/01/01‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪01:00:0‬‬
‫‪:00:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪01:00:02‬‬
‫‪Multi Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Multi‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪006/01/01‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪01:00:0‬‬
‫‪:00:022 A‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪01:00:02‬‬
‫‪MultiAll‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪Lock‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Lock All‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:09:36‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪1/3 AM‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2006/01/0112:00:00‬‬
‫‪12:36:25AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:00:00‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02‬‬
‫‪12:00:00 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪12:36:25‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02‬‬
‫‪01:00:02 AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02 AM‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪٨٨‬‬
‫‪٨٨‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 88‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪) Voice Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ(‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1/3 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪1/3 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪2006/01/0101:00:02‬‬
‫‪12:00:00AM‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:36:25 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:00:00‬‬
‫‪AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:36:25‬‬
‫‪01:00:02 AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 12:36:25‬‬
‫‪01:00:02 AM‬‬
‫‪OK Play‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01 01:00:02 AM‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Recorder‬ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Voice Playlist‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪AllMove‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK Select 1/3MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:09:42‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪Multi Select‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Multi Select‬‬
‫‪Multi‬‬
‫‪MoveSelect OK Select MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪All Select‬‬
‫‪Multi‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪AllMove‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪MENU Exit‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ >‪) <Copy To‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ( ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Voice Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Voice‬‬
‫‪OK Play 1/3‬‬
‫‪Move Recorder‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [MENU‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Copy To‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪ :<OK‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Multi Select‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫> ✔ < ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[PLAY‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <All‬ﻛﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Copying file(s)...‬‬
‫‪Voice‬‬
‫‪Recorder 1/3‬‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪SWAVE0001.WAV‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder 1/3‬‬
‫‪Copying file(s)...‬‬
‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪Voice‬‬
‫‪Recorder‬‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪SWAVE0001.WAV‬‬
‫‪Copying‬‬
‫‪file(s)...‬‬
‫‪Press‬‬
‫‪OK to cancel.‬‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪SWAVE0001.WAV‬‬
‫‪Copying file(s)...‬‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪SWAVE0001.WAV‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Press OK to cancel.‬‬
‫‪Press OK to cancel.‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Press OK to cancel.‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪٨٩‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 89‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Photo‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪Browser‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪File Browser‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‬
‫)ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‪٩١ ........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ‪٩٢ .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٩٣ .........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‪٩٤ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪٩٥ .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ T‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺯﺭ )ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‬
‫◆ ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻟﻌﻄﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪MEN‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪MOD‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫‪DELET‬‬
‫‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪File Browser‬‬
‫‪٩٠‬‬
‫‪٩٠‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:09:47‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 90‬‬
AR
(‫ )ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬File Browser ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
DCIM
DCIM
MISC
DCIM
MISC
MUSIC
MISC
MUSIC
VIDEO
MUSIC
VIDEO
DCIM
VOICE
VIDEO
VOICE
MISC
VOICE
OK Play
Move MUSIC
OK Play
Move
MoveVIDEOOK Play
VOICE
Move
OK
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‬
1/5
1/5
1/5
.‫( ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬WAV ‫ ﺃﻭ‬MP3 ‫ ﺃﻭ‬JPEG ‫ ﺃﻭ‬AVI ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ )ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
٢
1/5
.(‫ )ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬Movie Record ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
.[MODE] ‫ )ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬File Browser ‫ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ‬.٢
Play
.(‫ )ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬File Browser ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
٣
/DCIM
/DCIM
100SSDVC
/DCIM
100SSDVC
100SSDVC
‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ‬/‫ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬.٣
.[‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
/DCIM
100SSDVC
Move
Move
Move
Move
OK
OK
Play
Play
Play
OK
Play
OK
.‫◆ ﻛﺮﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‬
1/4
1/4
1/4
.‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬.٤
/DCIM/100SSDVC
/DCIM/100SSDVC
DCAM0001.JPG
/DCIM/100SSDVC
DCAM0001.JPG 1/4
DCAM0002.JPG
DCAM0001.JPG
DCAM0002.JPG
DCAM0003.JPG
DCAM0002.JPG
/DCIM/100SSDVC
DCAM0003.JPG
DCAM0004.JPG
DCAM0003.JPG
DCAM0004.JPG
DCAM0001.JPG
DCAM0004.JPG
OK Play
MoveDCAM0002.JPG
OK Play
Move
OK Play
MoveDCAM0003.JPG
DCAM0004.JPG
100-0001
100-0001
OK Play
Move
720X480
100-0001
720X480
720X480
100-0001
٤
01
01
01
720X480
01
٩١
.‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬/‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬.١
12:00AM 2006/01/01
12:00AM 2006/01/01
12:00AM 2006/01/01
Sepia
Sepia
Sepia
12:00AM 2006/01/01
Sepia
VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 91
[ ‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬،‫ )ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬W(WIDE) ‫[ ﺇﻟﻰ‬W/T] ‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
.‫ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬،‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭﺍ‬
ً [‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:09:48
٥
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ )ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ AVI‬ﺃﻭ ‪ JPEG‬ﺃﻭ ‪ MP3‬ﺃﻭ ‪ (WAV‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪MISC‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪MUSIC‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪MISC‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪VOICE‬‬
‫‪MUSIC‬‬
‫‪MISC‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪MISC OK Play‬‬
‫‪MoveMUSIC‬‬
‫‪VOICE‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪MUSIC‬‬
‫‪VIDEO OK Play‬‬
‫‪MoveVOICE‬‬
‫‪VOICEOK‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select 1/5‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [DELETE‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ .LCD‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫>‪ :<OK‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Multi Select‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫> ✔ < ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[PLAY‬‬
‫>‪) <All‬ﻛﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Cancel‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎء(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪) W(WIDE‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻘﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ً‬
‫‪٩٢‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select 1/4‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪MISC‬‬
‫‪1/4‬‬
‫‪MUSIC‬‬
‫‪1/4‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪MISC‬‬
‫‪1/4‬‬
‫‪VOICE‬‬
‫‪MUSIC‬‬
‫‪MISC‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪MUSIC‬‬
‫‪MISC‬‬
‫‪VOICE‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪MUSICOKOKPlay‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪VOICE‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪VOICE‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK Play‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:09:50‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫◆ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 92‬‬
AR
(‫ )ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬File Browser ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
١
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
.‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‬
1/5
1/5
1/5
DCIM
DCIM
DCIM
MISC
MISC
MUSIC
MISC
MUSIC
VIDEO
MUSIC
VIDEO
VOICE
VIDEO
VOICE
VOICE
Move
Move
Move
٢
.(‫ )ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬Movie Record ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
.[MODE] ‫ )ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬File Browser ‫ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ‬.٢
OK
OK
OK
OK
.(‫ )ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬File Browser ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
Play
Play
Play
1/4
1/4
1/4
/DCIM/100SSDVC
/DCIM/100SSDVC
/DCIM/100SSDVC
DCAM0001.JPG
DCAM0001.JPG
DCAM0001.JPG
DCAM0002.JPG
DCAM0002.JPG
DCAM0002.JPG
DCAM0003.JPG
DCAM0003.JPG
DCAM0003.JPG
DCAM0004.JPG
DCAM0004.JPG
DCAM0004.JPG
٣
1/4
File Browser
1/4
File
1/4
File Browser
Browser
/DCIM/100SSDVC
Lock
/DCIM/100SSDVC
Lock
/DCIM/100SSDVC
DCAM0001.JPG
Lock
Lock DCAM0001.JPG
DCAM0001.JPG
D AM0002 JPG
DCAM0002.JPG
PG
G
Lock
D
DCAM0002.JPG
AM0002
PG
G
Lock
Multi Select
D
DCAM0002.JPG
AM0002
JPG
PG
G
DCAM0003.JPG
AM0003 JPG
Multi
Select
DCAM0003.JPG
D
AM0003
JPG
G
Multi
Select
Lock All
DCAM0003.JPG
D
AM0003
G
DCAM0001.JPG
AM0001 JPG
Lock
DCAM0001.JPG
D
AM0001
G
Lock All
All
DCAM0001.JPG
D
AM0001 JPG
JPG
G
٤
Move
Move
Move
Move
Move
Move
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Play
Play
Play
Select
Select
Select
MENU
MENU
MENU
MENU
OK
OK
OK
OK
.[‫ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬.٣
.‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬/‫◆ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬
.[MENU] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٤
.(‫< )ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬Lock> ‫ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬/‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‬
.[‫ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬،‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬/‫ ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬.٥
.‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬:(‫< )ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬Lock>
.[‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬:(‫< )ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬Multi Select>
.[PLAY] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.‫> < ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
.‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬:(‫< )ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬Lock All>
.‫ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬:(‫< )ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬Unlock All>
◆
◆
◆
◆
Exit
Exit
Exit
1/4
1/4
1/4
/DCIM/100SSDVC
/DCIM/100SSDVC
/DCIM/100SSDVC
DCAM0001.JPG
DCAM0001.JPG
DCAM0001.JPG
DCAM0002.JPG
DCAM0002.JPG
DCAM0002.JPG
DCAM0003.JPG
DCAM0003.JPG
DCAM0003.JPG
DCAM0004.JPG
DCAM0004.JPG
DCAM0004.JPG
Move
Move
Move
.‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬/‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬.١
Play
Play
Play
٥
[ ‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
.‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‬
.‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ > < ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬،‫ )ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬W(WIDE) ‫[ ﺇﻟﻰ‬W/T] ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
.‫ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬،‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭﺍ‬
ً [‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
✤
✤
✤
✤
٩٣
VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 93
2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:09:54
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪1/5‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) File Browser‬ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ >‪) <Copy To‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ( ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪ [W/T‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪) W(WIDE‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ً‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪1/4‬‬
‫‪1/4‬‬
‫‪1/4‬‬
‫‪/DCIM/100SSDVC‬‬
‫‪/DCIM/100SSDVC‬‬
‫‪/DCIM/100SSDVC‬‬
‫‪DCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0002.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0002.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0003.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0002.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0003.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0004.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0003.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0004.JPG‬‬
‫‪DCAM0004.JPG‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪ /‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Copy To‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪ :<OK‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Multi Select‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ(‪ :‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫> ✔ < ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[PLAY‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <All‬ﻛﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪DCIM‬‬
‫‪MISC‬‬
‫‪MISC‬‬
‫‪MUSIC‬‬
‫‪MISC‬‬
‫‪MUSIC‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪MUSIC‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪VOICE‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪VOICE‬‬
‫‪VOICE‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪1/4‬‬
‫‪File Browser‬‬
‫‪1/4‬‬
‫‪File Browser‬‬
‫‪1/4‬‬
‫‪File Browser‬‬
‫‪/DCIM/100SSDVC‬‬
‫‪Copy‬‬
‫‪To‬‬
‫‪/DCIM/100SSDVC‬‬
‫‪Copy‬‬
‫‪To‬‬
‫‪/DCIM/100SSDVC‬‬
‫‪DCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪Copy‬‬
‫‪To‬‬
‫‪DCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪OK DCAM0002.JPG‬‬
‫‪DDCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪AM0002 JPG‬‬
‫‪PG‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪OK DCAM0002.JPG‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪AM0002‬‬
‫‪JPG‬‬
‫‪PG‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪OK Select‬‬
‫‪Multi‬‬
‫‪DCAM0003.JPG‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪D AM0003‬‬
‫‪DCAM0002.JPG‬‬
‫‪AM0002 JPG‬‬
‫‪JPG‬‬
‫‪PG‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪Multi Select‬‬
‫‪DCAM0003.JPG‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪AM0003‬‬
‫‪JPG‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Multi D‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪DCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪AM0001‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪DCAM0003.JPG‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪AM0003 JPG‬‬
‫‪JPG‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪All D‬‬
‫‪DCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪AM0001 JPG‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪All D‬‬
‫‪DCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪AM0001 JPG‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪File Browser‬‬
‫‪File Browser‬‬
‫‪File Browser‬‬
‫‪Copying file(s)...‬‬
‫‪Copying‬‬
‫‪file(s)...‬‬
‫‪DPOFfile(s)...‬‬
‫‪DCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪Copying‬‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪DCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫‪DCAM0001.JPG‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OKPress OK to cancel.‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪Exit‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪Press OK to cancel.‬‬
‫‪Press OK to cancel.‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪٩٤‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:09:59‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 94‬‬
AR
(‫ )ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬File Browser ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
١
DCIM
DCIM
DCIM
MISC
DCIM
MISC
MISC
MUSIC
MISC
MUSIC
MUSIC
VIDEO
MUSIC
VIDEO
VIDEO
VOICE
VIDEO
VOICE
VOICE
VOICEOK
Move
OK Play
Move
Play
Move
Move
Move
Move
Move
Move
1/5
1/5
1/5
1/5
٢
.[MODE] ‫ )ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬File Browser ‫ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ‬.٢
Play
Play
Play
Play
Play
Play
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
.(‫ )ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬File Browser ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
٣
.[‫ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬.٣
.‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬/‫◆ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬
.‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬
Play
Play
Play
Play
Play
Play
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
1/13
File Browser
1/13
FileBrowser
Browser
1/13
File
1/13
File Browser
/DCIM/100SSDVC
File Info.
/DCIM/100SSDVC
/DCIM/100SSDVC
File
Info.
File
Info.
DCAM0001.JPG
/DCIM/100SSDVC
File
Info.
DCAM0001.JPG
DCAM0001.JPG
OK DCAM0001.JPG
D
DCAM0002.JPG
AM0002 JPG
PG
G
OK DCAM0002.JPG
OK
D
DCAM0002.JPG
AM0002JPG
JPG
PG
D AM0003
AM0002
JPG
PG
GG
DCAM0003.JPG
OK DCAM0002.JPG
DD
AM0002 JPG
PG
GG
DCAM0003.JPG
D
AM0003
JPG
DCAM0003.JPG
D
AM0003
JPG
GG
DCAM0004.JPG
D
AM0004JPG
JPG
DCAM0003.JPG
D
AM0003
GG
DCAM0004.JPG
D
AM0004JPG
JPG
DCAM0004.JPG
D
AM0004
GG
DCAM0004.JPG
D
AM0004
JPG
G
OK Select
MENU Exit
Move
Move
Move
Move
Select
Select
Select
OK
OK
OK
Close: :OK
OK
Close
OK
OK
OK
.[MENU] ‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬.٤
.(‫< )ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬File Info.> ‫ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬/‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‬
.‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻌﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬.٥
.‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻪ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‬
Exit
Exit
Exit
Select
Close :MENU
OK Exit
MENUExit
Select MENU
Exit
Select
Select MENU Exit
OK
٤
MENU
MENU
MENU
1/4
File Browser
1/4
FileBrowser
Browser
1/4
File
1/4
File Browser
DCAM0001.JPG
File Info.
DCAM0001.JPG
DCAM0001.JPG
Size
92805
bytes
FileInfo.
Info.
File
DCAM0001.JPG
Size
92805bytes
bytes
File Info.2006/01/01
Size
92805
Date
OK
Size
92805
bytes
Date
2006/01/01
Date
2006/01/01
12:00:00
AM
OK
OK
Date
2006/01/01
OKLocked 12:00:00
12:00:00 AM
AM
No
AM
Locked 12:00:00
No
Locked
No
Locked No Close : OK
Move
Move
Move
Move
.‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬/‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬.١
.(‫ )ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬Movie Record ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
/DCIM/100SSDVC
/DCIM/100SSDVC
/DCIM/100SSDVC
DCAM0001.JPG
/DCIM/100SSDVC
DCAM0001.JPG
DCAM0001.JPG
DCAM0002.JPG
DCAM0001.JPG
DCAM0002.JPG
DCAM0002.JPG
DCAM0003.JPG
DCAM0002.JPG
DCAM0003.JPG
DCAM0003.JPG
DCAM0004.JPG
DCAM0003.JPG
DCAM0004.JPG
DCAM0004.JPG
OK
DCAM0004.JPG
Move
OK Play
Move
Play
Move
Move
Move
Move
Move
Move
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
.‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﻪ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻪ‬
٥
.‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬.٦
[ ‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
.‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻓﻘﻂ‬.‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬
.‫ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬،‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭﺍ‬
ً [‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
٩٥
VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 95
2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:10:05
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪Voice Recorder‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫‪System‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪System‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‬
‫)ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‬
‫‪) Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫‪Settings‬‬
‫‪.١‬‬
‫]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ‪File‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪Browser‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ )ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫‪MEN‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪MOD‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪DELET‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪System Settings‬‬
‫)ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪٩٦‬‬
‫‪٩٦‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:10:09‬‬
‫‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪٩٧ .........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪٩٧ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪٩٨ ................................................................................. USB‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪٩٨ ..........................................................................USB‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪٩٩ .........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪٩٩ .....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪١٠٠ ................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪١٠١ .....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪١٠٢ ...............................................................................LCD‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ‪١٠٢ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪١٠٣ ........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ‪١٠٤ ..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ ‪١٠٤ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪١٠٥ .......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪١٠٦ ........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ ‪١٠٧ .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪١٠٨ ........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ‪١٠٨ ........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﺪء‪١٠٩ ............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ‪١١٠ .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪١١١ ..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪١١٢ ........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‪١١٣ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪١١٤ ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪١١٥ ............................................................................USB‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪١١٥ ........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪١١٦ .................................................PictBridge‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪١١٧ .............................................................. PC Cam‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫◆ ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻟﻌﻄﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 076~096.indd 96‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪TYPE Settings‬‬
‫‪System‬‬
‫‪Storage‬‬
‫‪Type‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪Internal‬‬
‫‪Storage Type‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪External‬‬
‫‪Internal‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪External‬‬
‫‪Storage Type‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) The System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪ /‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Storage Type‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﺎﺡ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ >‪) <Internal‬ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ً‬
‫✤ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺘﺎﻥ ‪٣٢ ،٣١‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Internal‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪External‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪TYPE Settings‬‬
‫‪System‬‬
‫‪StorageTYPEType‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪Internal‬‬
‫‪Storage Type‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪External‬‬
‫‪Internal‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Internal‬ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <External‬ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.(SD/MMC‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪External‬‬
‫‪Storage Type‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Internal‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪External‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪12:00AM‬‬
‫‪2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪٩٧‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:33‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 97‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪USB Mode‬‬
‫‪Mass Storage‬‬
‫‪PictBridge‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪) Sports Camcorder‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ ،USB‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪PC-Cam‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪USB Mode‬‬
‫‪Mass Storage‬‬
‫‪PictBridge‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪PC-Cam‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) The System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <USB Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ‪.(USB‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪Mass Storage‬‬
‫)ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ(‬
‫‪PictBridge‬‬
‫‪PC-Cam‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١١٥‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪USB Mode‬‬
‫‪Mass Storage‬‬
‫‪PictBridge‬‬
‫‪PC-Cam‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) PictBridge‬ﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﺓً(‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ )‪ (SD/MMC‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١١٦‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻛﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺩﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١١٧‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪USB Mode‬‬
‫‪Mass Storage‬‬
‫‪PictBridge‬‬
‫‪PC-Cam‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪٩٨‬‬
‫‪٩٨‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:35‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 98‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪RGB‬‬
‫‪RGB‬‬
‫‪File No.‬‬
‫‪File No.‬‬
‫‪Series‬‬
‫‪Series‬‬
‫‪Reset‬‬
‫‪Reset‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) The System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <File No.‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫◆ >‪) <Series‬ﻣﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻ ً‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Reset‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ(‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ )‪.(٠٠٠١-١٠٠‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪RGB‬‬
‫‪RGB‬‬
‫‪File No.‬‬
‫‪File No.‬‬
‫‪Series‬‬
‫‪Series‬‬
‫‪Reset‬‬
‫‪Reset‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ >‪) <File No.‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ( ﻋﻠﻰ >‪) <Series‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻴﺴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٩‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:36‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 99‬‬
AR
‫ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬:‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
System Settings
RGB
Format
System Settings
Internal
External
System Settings
Format
System
Settings
Internal
Format
Move
Format OK Select
External
Internal
Internal
External
External
System Settings
Move
OK
System Settings
Internal
External
System Settings
Format
System
Settings
Internal
Format
Move
Format OK Select
External
Internal
Internal
External
External
OK
RGB
RGB
RGB
RGB
RGB
RGB
Select
OK
Cancel
Cancel
OK Select
Move
OK Select
Move
System Settings
System Settings
Internal
External
System Settings
Formatting
Format
System
Settings
external memory...
Formatting
Internal
Format
Formatting
external
memory...
Move
Format OK Select
External
external memory...
Internal
Internal
External
External
Move
OK
Select
Move
Move
OK
Select
Select
٤
.(‫< )ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬Format> ‫ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬/‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‬.٣
‫ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬/‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬.٤
.[‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
Select
Formatting
Format
external memory...
.[MODE] ‫ )ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬System Settings ‫ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ‬.٢
.(‫ )ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬The System Settings ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
RGB
Format
format the external memory,
System
Settings
Internal
all
files will
be erased?
External
System
Settings
AreFormat
you sure you want to�
System SettingsOK
format the external memory,
Cancel
Arefiles
youwill
sure
want to�
Internal
all
beyou
erased?
Format
Are
youthe
sure
you
want
to�
format
external
memory,
OK
Move
Select
Format
External
format
memory,
Internal
all filesthe
willexternal
be erased?
Internal
OK
all files will be erased?
External
Cancel
External
OK
OK
.‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬/‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬.١
RGB
System Settings
OK
.‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
.(‫ )ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬Movie Record ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
OK Select
Move
RGB
Move
Select
Are you sureOKyou
want to�
Move
٣
RGB
Select
OK Select
Move
Format OK
Move
Select
Move
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
RGB
RGB
RGB
RGB
RGB
VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 100
. ‫ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬:(‫< )ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬Internal> ◆
. ‫ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬:(‫< )ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬External> ◆
.‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
(‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬/‫< )ﺍﻟﻐﺎء( ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬Cancel> ‫< ﺃﻭ‬OK> ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
.[MODE] ‫ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬،‫ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬.٥
[ ‫] ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
.‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
[ ‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬.‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
.‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
.(‫< )ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬External> ‫ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ‬،‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
١٠٠
١٠٠
2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:38
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﺤﺺ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪RGB‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Memory Space‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪Memory Space‬‬
‫‪3MB/983MB‬‬
‫‪0MB/243MB‬‬
‫‪Internal‬‬
‫‪External‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ً‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ >‪) <External‬ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪.VP-X210L‬‬
‫‪١٠١‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:41‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 101‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﻦ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪RGB‬‬
‫‪LCD Brightness‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪30%‬‬
‫‪RGB‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪LCD Brightness‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪Set‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Adjust‬‬
‫‪Set‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Adjust‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <LCD Brightness‬ﺳﻄﻮﻉ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪30%‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪RGB‬‬
‫‪LCD Brightness‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺩﺍﻛﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٪٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.٪١٠٠‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪60%‬‬
‫‪RGB‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪LCD Brightness‬‬
‫‪Set‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Adjust‬‬
‫‪Set‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Adjust‬‬
‫‪60%‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﻋﺎ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫✤ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫✤ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠٢‬‬
‫‪١٠٢‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:41‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 102‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪Set‬‬
‫‪Set‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪Adjust‬‬
‫‪Adjust‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ،LCD‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٪٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.٪١٠٠‬‬
‫‪LCD Colour‬‬
‫‪LCD Colour‬‬
‫‪50%‬‬
‫‪50%‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <LCD Colour‬ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪LCD Colour‬‬
‫‪LCD Colour‬‬
‫‪10%‬‬
‫‪10%‬‬
‫‪Set‬‬
‫‪Set‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Adjust‬‬
‫‪Adjust‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪١٠٣‬‬
‫‪١٠٣‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:42‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 103‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪RGB‬‬
‫‪RGB‬‬
‫‪Date/Time Set‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) The System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Date/Time Set‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪2006 01 01‬‬
‫‪12 : 00 AM‬‬
‫‪Set‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪RGB‬‬
‫‪RGB‬‬
‫‪Date/Time Set‬‬
‫‪2006 01 01‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪) Year‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ( ﻭ‪) Month‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ( ﻭ‪) Date‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ( ﻭ‪) Hour‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﻭ‪) Minute‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ( ﻭ‪) AM/PM‬ﺹ‪/‬ﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪12 : 00 AM‬‬
‫‪Set‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Adjust‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ١٠٧‬ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ >‪) <Date/Time‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.LCD‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.٢٠٣٧‬‬
‫‪١٠٤‬‬
‫‪١٠٤‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:43‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 104‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫◆ >‪ :<YY/MM/DD‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪) Year‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ(‪) Month /‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ(‪) Date /‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪ :<DD/MM/YY‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪) Date‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ(‪) Month /‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ(‪) Year /‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪ :<MM/DD/YY‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪) Month‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ(‪) Date /‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ(‪) Year /‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪DD/MM/YY‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪MM/DD/YY‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Date Format‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ(‪.‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪Date Format‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪YY/MM/DD‬‬
‫‪DD/MM/YY‬‬
‫‪Date Format‬‬
‫‪MM/DD/YY‬‬
‫‪YY/MM/DD‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪Date Format‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪YY/MM/DD‬‬
‫‪DD/MM/YY‬‬
‫‪Date Format‬‬
‫‪MM/DD/YY‬‬
‫‪YY/MM/DD‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪DD/MM/YY‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪MM/DD/YY‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪١٠٥‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:45‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 105‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪Time Format‬‬
‫‪12Time‬‬
‫‪HourFormat‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪24 Hour‬‬
‫‪Hour‬‬
‫‪24 Hour‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Time Format‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪Time Format‬‬
‫‪12Time‬‬
‫‪HourFormat‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪24 Hour‬‬
‫‪Hour‬‬
‫‪24 Hour‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫◆ >‪ 12) <Hour 12‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ( ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻛﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٢‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪ 24) <Hour 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ( ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻛﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪١٠٦‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:46‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 106‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.LCD‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫◆‬
‫>‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Date‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Time‬ﻭﻗﺖ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫>‪) <Date/Time‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Date/Time‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪Date/Time‬‬
‫‪Date/Time‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Date‬‬
‫‪Date‬‬
‫‪Time‬‬
‫‪Time‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪1224‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪Date/Time‬‬
‫‪Date/Time‬‬
‫‪Date‬‬
‫‪Date‬‬
‫‪Time‬‬
‫‪Time‬‬
‫‪Date/Time‬‬
‫‪Date/Time‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪1224‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪FF‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪SS‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006.01.01‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006.01.01‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ( ﺃﻭ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠٧‬‬
‫‪١٠٧‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:48‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 107‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪Beep Sound‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Beep Sound‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪Beep Sound‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <On‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Beep Sound‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Beep Sound‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ >‪) <Beep Sound‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠٨‬‬
‫‪١٠٨‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:49‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 108‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﺪء‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪DEMO‬‬
‫‪DEMO‬‬
‫‪Previous Mode‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪DEMO‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Movie Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪) Movie Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Previous Mode‬ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪DEMO‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Mode‬‬
‫‪Start-up‬‬
‫‪Previous‬‬
‫‪Mode‬‬
‫‪Movie Mode‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Start-up‬ﺑﺪء(‪.‬‬
‫‪SystemMSettings‬‬
‫‪Start-up‬‬
‫‪SystemMSettings‬‬
‫‪Start-up‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪Movie‬‬
‫‪Mode‬‬
‫‪Start-up‬‬
‫‪Previous‬‬
‫‪Mode‬‬
‫‪Movie Mode‬‬
‫‪Previous Mode‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) start-up‬ﺑﺪء( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠٩‬‬
‫‪١٠٩‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:50‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 109‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ )ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪DEMO‬‬
‫‪Reset‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Reset‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ( ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫] ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ [‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ >‪) <Date/Time Set‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١٠٤‬‬
‫‪١١٠‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:51‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 110‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪.<Language‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ ‪/ Русский/ Polski/ Nederlands/ Italiano/ Deutsch/ Português/ Français/ Español /English‬‬
‫‪) Iran/‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ(‪) Arab /‬ﻋﺮﺑﻲ(‪Svenska /Українська /ไทย/ Magyar /‬‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪١١١‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:53‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 111‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ >‪) <Auto Shut off‬ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ( ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪DEMO‬‬
‫‪Auto Shut off‬‬
‫‪OffAuto Shut off‬‬
‫‪DEMO‬‬
‫‪5Off‬‬
‫‪Minutes‬‬
‫‪5 Minutes‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ِ>‪) <Auto Shut off‬ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪) <Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ :‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ >‪) <Auto Shut off‬ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ >‪ 5) <Minutes 5‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ( ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ ٥‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪DEMO‬‬
‫‪Auto Shut off‬‬
‫‪Auto Shut off‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪5Off‬‬
‫‪Minutes‬‬
‫‪DEMO‬‬
‫‪5 Minutes‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ >‪) <Auto Shut off‬ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ( ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ >‪) <Auto Shut Off‬ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ( ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ >‪) <Auto Shut off‬ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ( ﺇﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪١١٢‬‬
‫‪١١٢‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:54‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 112‬‬
AR
‫ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬:‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‬
.‫ )ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ( ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬Demonstration ‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
System Settings
System Settings
Ver.
TYPE
Demonstration
Ver.
TYPE
System Settings
Demonstration
Off
DEMO
DEMO
DEMO
Ver.
Off
5Demonstration
Minutes
5
Minutes
Play
Now
Off
Play
Now
5 Minutes
Move
Play
Now
Move
Move
OK
Select
Select
OK
Select
DEMO
DEMO
Off
5Demonstration
Minutes
5
Minutes
Off
Play
Now
Play
Now
5 Minutes
Move
Play
Now
Move
Move
.(‫ )ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬System Settings ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
٤
.(‫< )ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‬Demonstartion> ‫ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬/‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‬.٣
TYPE
Select
OK Select
OK
OK
.(‫ )ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬Movie Record ‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
.[MODE] ‫ )ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬System Settings ‫ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ‬.٢
OK
Ver.
.‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬/‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬.١
TYPE
System Settings
System Settings
Ver.
TYPE
Demonstration
Ver.
TYPE
System Settings
Demonstration
Off
DEMO
٣
Select
STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05
STBY 00:00:00/00:40:05
Functions
1.
Digital
Camcorder
Functions
00:00:00/00:40:05
STBY
DigitalCamcorder
Camera
1.2.Digital
Functions
MP3 Player
2.3.Digital
Camera
1. Digital
Camcorder
Stereo
Audio Recorder
3.4.MP3
Player
2. Digital
Camera
PC-Camera
4.5.Stereo
Audio Recorder
3.6.MP3
Player
Data Storage
5. PC-Camera
4. Stereo Audio Recorder
6. Data Storage
5. PC-Camera
6. Data Storage
‫ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬/‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬.٤
.[‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
.(‫ )ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‬Demonstration ‫ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬:(‫< )ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬Off> ◆
.‫ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬٥ ‫ )ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ( ﻓﻲ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ‬Demonstration ‫ ﻟﺒﺪء ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬: (‫ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬5) <5 Minutes> ◆
.‫ )ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‬Demonstration ‫ ﻟﺒﺪء ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬:(‫< )ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ‬Play Now> ◆
[ ‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
.(‫ )ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬Video Record ‫ ﻓﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬،(‫ )ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‬Demonstration ‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
١١٣
VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 113
2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:55
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪Ver.‬‬
‫‪DEMO‬‬
‫‪Version Info‬‬
‫‪Samsung Elec. Co. LTD‬‬
‫‪S/W 1.00 Feb 16 2006 00:20:10‬‬
‫‪Syscon 1.00 Feb 17 2006 08:53:39‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <Version Info‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪١١٤‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:57‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 114‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ!‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ >‪) <USB Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ (USB‬ﻋﻠﻰ >‪) <Mass Storage‬ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ(‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪٩٨‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﺭ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١٥‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:11:59‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 115‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪PictBridge‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻭﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.PictBridge‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪PictBridge‬‬
‫)ﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ(‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪.٣‬‬
‫‪.٤‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫◆ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ‪ ٠١ :‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪System‬‬
‫‪SystemSettings‬‬
‫‪Settings‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫‪.٦‬‬
‫‪.٧‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <USB Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ‪.(USB‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ <PictBridge‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ PictBridge‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫] ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ [‬
‫✤ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ PictBridge‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻟﻼﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ JPEG‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪USB Mode‬‬
‫‪Mode‬‬
‫‪Mass‬‬
‫‪Mass Storage‬‬
‫‪Storage‬‬
‫‪PictBridge‬‬
‫‪PictBridge‬‬
‫‪PC-Cam‬‬
‫‪PC-Cam‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪100-0001‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫‪Print‬‬
‫‪Print‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Copies‬‬
‫‪Copies‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪Search‬‬
‫‪١١٦‬‬
‫‪١١٦‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:12:01‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 116‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪USB Mode‬‬
‫‪Mass Storage‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪PictBridge‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪PC-Cam‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪PC Cam‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺩﺷﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪USB Mode‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ!‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) PC Cam‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ( ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.DV Driver‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪Mass Storage‬‬
‫‪PictBridge‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١٢٤‬‬
‫‪PC-Cam‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MODE‬‬
‫‪4٤‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) System Settings‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫‪USB Mode‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪) <USB Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ‪.(USB‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ <PC-Cam‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]ﺯﺭ )ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻛﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪.Windows Messenger‬‬
‫‪Mass Storage‬‬
‫‪PictBridge‬‬
‫‪PC-Cam‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪System Settings‬‬
‫‪TYPE‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ .PC Cam‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪USB Mode‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ .DV Driver‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١٢٤‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ DV Driver‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ .USB‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١٢٤‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ Microsoft Windows 98SE‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.PC Cam‬‬
‫‪Mass Storage‬‬
‫‪PictBridge‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪PC-Cam‬‬
‫‪Select‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Move‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:12:03‬‬
‫‪١١٧‬‬
‫‪١١٧‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 117‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ‪١١٩ ......................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ‪١١٩ .................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪١٢٠ .....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ ‪١٢٠ ....................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ‪١٢١ .............................................................‬‬
‫◆ ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﻄﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١٨‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:12:04‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 118‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺎﺗﺎﻟﻤﺒﻬﺠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻮﺍء ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺰﺣﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴﺪ ﺃﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪DELETE‬‬
‫‪HOLD‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫)ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ‬
‫] ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ [‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ )ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ(‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ً‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻀﻲء ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ‪ LED‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﺗﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪/‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺑﺪء‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻛﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻭﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺧﺮﺝ‪/‬ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:00:00:40:05‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪00:00:02:00:40:03‬‬
‫‪720i‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪Recording...‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪Sepia‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:12:06‬‬
‫‪12:00AM 2006/01/01‬‬
‫‪١١٩‬‬
‫‪١١٩‬‬
‫‪STBY 00:00:02:00:40:03‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K‬‬
‫‪AR 097~122.indd 119‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻏﻲ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺷﻴﺎء ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻄﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ‬
‫ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻲء‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢٠‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:12:07‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 120‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫◆ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻔﺘﺤﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺰﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺑﺰﻳﻢ ﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺰﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺷﻴﺎء ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻄﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻲء‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪١٢١‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:12:08‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 121‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ‪١٢٣ ......................................................................... USB‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪١٢٣ .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪١٢٣ ...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ‪١٢٤ .......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪١٢٤ ...................................................DV Media Pro 1.0‬‬
‫‪١٢٥ ................................................................ Ulead Video Studio‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪١٢٦ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪١٢٦ ................................................ USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪١٢٧ ..................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪١٢٨ ..................................................... DVD/‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪١٢٩ ...................................‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪١٣٠ .......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪١٣٠ ..................................................................... DPOF‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪١٣١ .......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ‪١٣١ .......................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪١٣١ .......................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪١٣٢ ................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪١٣٢ ............................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪١٣٣ ..................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‪١٣٤ .............................................‬‬
‫◆ ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢٢‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:12:08‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 097~122.indd 122‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ‪ Microsoft Windows‬ﺃﻭ ‪.Mac‬‬
‫✤ ‪ USB :Windows 98SE/ME‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫✤ ‪ Service Pack 4 :Windows 2000‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ‪ USB -‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫✤ ‪ Service Pack 1 :Windows XP‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ‪ USB -‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫✤ ‪ 10.3 :Mac OS X‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ‪ USB -‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ‪Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ‪Windows‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ٦٠٠ ،Pentium III‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ ٢ ،Pentium 4‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ ٥٠٠ G3‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪G4‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Windows 98SE/ME‬‬
‫‪Windows 2000/XP‬‬
‫‪Mac OS 10.2‬‬
‫‪Mac OS 10.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ ١٢٨‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٥١٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪ ١٢٨‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ ٥١٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫✤‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻭﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻭﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪ ٦٠٠x٨٠٠‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ١٦‬ﺑﺖ‬
‫‪ ٧٦٨x١٠٢٤‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺑﺖ‬
‫‪ ٦٠٠x٨٠٠‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ١٦‬ﺑﺖ‬
‫‪ ٧٦٨x١٠٢٤‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺑﺖ‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪USB 1.1‬‬
‫‪ USB 2.0‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪USB 1.1‬‬
‫‪ USB 2.0‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ‪ USB‬ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ USB‬ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﻮ ‪ ،Windows 2000/XP‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻛـﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ )ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ( )ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ( ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫®‬
‫✤ ™‪ Intel Pentium III‬ﺃﻭ ™‪ Pentium 4‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Intel Corporation‬‬
‫✤ ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ‪ Mac‬ﻭ‪ Macintosh‬ﻭ‪ Mac OS‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Apple Computer, Inc.‬‬
‫®‬
‫®‬
‫✤ ‪ Windows‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Microsoft Corporation‬‬
‫✤ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪123‬‬
‫‪١٢٣‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:18‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 123‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪DV Media Pro 1.0‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ DV Media Pro 1.0‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء!‬
‫‪‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻮﺭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ "‪) "Start‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺩ "‪) "Run‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ "‪ "D:\autorun.exe‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪) ENTER‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ "‪."D:Drive‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ DV Driver -‬ﻭ ‪DirectX 9.0‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﻳﻌﺪ ‪ DV Driver‬ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ "‪ "DV Driver‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Setup‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪ USB Removable disk (Windows 98 SE‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪USB PC-CAMERA‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ >‪) <Confirm‬ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ( ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ‪ Windows 98 SE‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ "‪ ،"DirectX 9.0‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ "‪."DV Driver‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪.DirectX 9.0‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪ DirectX9.0‬ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺩﺍﻉ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪Video Codec -‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ "‪ "Video CODEC‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Setup‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ‪) Video Codec‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻚ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ( ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ "‪) "Digital Signature not found‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻬﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺻﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪124‬‬
‫‪١٢٤‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:18‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 124‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ – ‪Photo Express‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ "‪ "Photo Express‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Setup‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ – ‪Quick Time‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ "‪ "Quick Time‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Setup‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ QuickTime‬ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Apple‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ )ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ( ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ‪ ٣٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Ulead Video Studio‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Ulead Video Studio‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Setup‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ( ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪) Sports Camcorder‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻻ ﻧﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪.Photo Express‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ DV Driver :‬ﺛﻢ ‪ DirectX 9.0‬ﺛﻢ ‪Video Codec‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Ulead Video Studio‬‬
‫✤ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.DV Driver‬‬
‫✤ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ "‪ "DV Driver‬ﻭ"‪ "Video Codec‬ﻭ"‪ "DirectX 9.0‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ DV Media Pro 1.0‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ "‪) "Digital Signature not found‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻬﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺻﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪125‬‬
‫‪١٢٥‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:18‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 125‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ!‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ >‪) <USB Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ (USB‬ﻋﻠﻰ >‪) <Mass Storage‬ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ(‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪٩٨‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ – ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮًﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫>ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪<.USB‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪MMC/SD‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ "‪) " Safely remove hardware‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺯﺭ "‪) "Stop‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫] ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ [‬
‫✤ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻷﻱ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﺼﻞ‪/‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫)ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ (USB‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﺭ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ١٢٣‬ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ .USB‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺼﻠﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺄﻟﻮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪126‬‬
‫‪١٢٦‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:20‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 126‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓً‪ .‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ( ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑـﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫)ﻳﻤﻴﻦ( ) ﻳﺴﺎﺭ(‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪ [PLAY‬ﺃﻭ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪) Movie Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻭ ًﻻ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺧﻞ‪/‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪٥١‬‬
‫‪127‬‬
‫‪١٢٧‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:21‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 127‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪DVD/‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.DVD/‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ DVD/‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫)ﻳﻤﻴﻦ( )ﻳﺴﺎﺭ(‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.DVD/‬‬
‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ DVD/‬ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.DVD/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻭ ًﻻ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺧﻞ‪/‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪٥١‬‬
‫‪128‬‬
‫‪١٢٨‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:23‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 128‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻔﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ )‪ DVD‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،DVC‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ( ﺑﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺄﻟﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫◆‪ ‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪) Movie Record‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪<Line In/Out‬‬
‫)ﺩﺧﻞ‪/‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ]ﻗﺮﺹﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ >‪ <In‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫])ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ[‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ )‪ ،DVC ،DVD‬ﺇﻟﺦ(‪.‬‬
‫‪129‬‬
‫‪١٢٩‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:26‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 129‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪DPOF‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪) DPOF‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ( ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ DPOF‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ DPOF‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ‪ DPOF‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.DPOF‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪٧٢‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ [‬
‫✤ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ JPEG‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ًﺓ ﻭﺍﻃﺒﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪130‬‬
‫‪١٣٠‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:26‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 130‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫✤ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٢٢‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٣٤‬‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫✤‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻴﻠﻮﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺃﻱ ﺿﺮﺭ ﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ،LCD‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺻﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ )ﻓﻮﻕ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪ ١٢٢‬ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ )ﺗﺤﺖ ‪ ٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪ ٣٢‬ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﻣﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻵﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﻓﺌﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻴﺒًﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺷﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻵﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻀﻮء ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﺿﻊ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪131‬‬
‫‪١٣١‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:26‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 131‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‬
‫✤ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻣﻠﺴﺎء ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ .LCD‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻣﻠﺴﺎء ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﺎﻓﺦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫✓‪ ‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﺼﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫] ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ [‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ٥‬ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ[ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪132‬‬
‫‪١٣٢‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:27‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 132‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪ ٥٠‬ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻴﺐ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺘﻬﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺭﻛﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓً‪.‬‬‫ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‪.‬‬‫ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ً‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻔﻚ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻮﺹ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺮﻭﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻺﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻨﻮﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺒﻘﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻋﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪133‬‬
‫‪١٣٣‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:27‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 133‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‬
‫✤ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪(NTSC/PAL) .‬‬
‫✤ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫✤‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٢٤٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٦٠/٥٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫✤‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫✤‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻼﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻨﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ PAL‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪.(PAL-NTSC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪PAL‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﺠﻴﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻐﺎﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻣﻨﻮﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻧﻤﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻠﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻧﺞ ﻛﻮﻧﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﻳﺸﻴﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺮﻭﻳﺞ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻐﺎﻓﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻓﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻳﺴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻳﻼﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪NTSC‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺴﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺒﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪134‬‬
‫‪١٣٤‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:27‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 134‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪) Not enough free space‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪) Corrupted file‬ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﺎﻟﻒ(‬
‫‪) Paper error‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﻭﺭﻕ!(‬
‫‪) Ink error‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﺣﺒﺮ!(‬
‫‪) File Error‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻒ!(‬
‫‪) Communication Error‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ!(‬
‫‪) Low battery‬ﺷﺤﻦ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‬
‫‪) Holding the key‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ(‬
‫‪) Card error‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‬
‫‪) Not formatted‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻬﻴﺄ(‬
‫‪) Write error‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫‪) Read error‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ(‬
‫‪) Not supported format‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ(‬
‫‪) Write protected‬ﻣﺤﻤﻲ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫‪) MPEG decoding error‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻞ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ‪(MPEG‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻨﻲ…‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺧﻄﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺙ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ HOLD‬ﻣﻘﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺬﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺬﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻭﺭﻗًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪.JPEG‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ HOLD‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪ AVI‬ﺃﻭ ‪ JPEG‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٣٠‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪) .‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪(MMC‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻒ‪.‬‬
‫✤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ‪ Samsung‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪/‬ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺪﺕ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻈﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻐﻄﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺻﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺟﻴﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪٢٥‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻓﺌًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪١٠٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) AUTO‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪٣٤‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪135‬‬
‫‪١٣٥‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:28‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 135‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ )ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ(‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻘﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪًﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺳﺎﺧﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ((‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪) Movie Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴًﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻌﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻀﻮء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Photo‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺯﺭ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺩﺍﻛﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٤٣‬ﻭ‪٦١‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ )ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ(‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٤٥‬ﻭ‪٦٣‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﻝ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ‪(MMC‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ٥٤‬ﻭ‪ ٧٣‬ﻭ ‪ ٨١‬ﻭ‪ ٨٨‬ﻭ ‪٩٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﻭﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻛﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻴﺒًﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ '‪) 'Movie Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ( ﻭﺣﺪﺩ '‪) 'Play‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ '‪) 'Photo Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ( ﻭﺣﺪﺩ '‪) 'View‬ﻋﺮﺽ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) Flash‬ﻓﻼﺵ( ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪٦٤‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ '‪) 'Movie Mode‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ(‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺯﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪136‬‬
‫‪١٣٦‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:28‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 136‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫‪٧٢٠x٥٧٦‬‬
‫‪٣٥٢x٢٨٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺴﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺠﺴﺘﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﺺ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫‪BLC‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫‪PC‬‬
‫ﺩﺧﻞ‪/‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫‪In‬‬
‫‪Out‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺿﻮء‬
‫ﺛﻠﺞ‪ /‬ﺭﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻓﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺴﻴﻔﺴﺎء‬
‫ﺑﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺠﺎﺗﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺁﺓ‬
‫‪B&W‬‬
‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫‪EIS‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻞ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺴﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺠﺴﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﺺ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺿﻮء‬
‫ﺛﻠﺞ‪ /‬ﺭﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻓﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺴﻴﻔﺴﺎء‬
‫ﺑﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺠﺎﺗﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺁﺓ‬
‫‪B&W‬‬
‫ﻓﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ‪3‬‬
‫‪BLC‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺃ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ )ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪DPOF‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻞ‬
‫‪EIS‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫‪MF‬‬
‫‪137‬‬
‫‪١٣٧‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:29‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 137‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫‪PictBridge‬‬
‫‪PC-Cam‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪YY/MM/DD‬‬
‫‪DD/MM/YY‬‬
‫‪MM/DD/YY‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ 12‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪0%‬‬
‫‪...‬‬
‫‪100%‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ 000‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‪ 000/‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪0%‬‬
‫‪...‬‬
‫‪100%‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺪء‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪Language‬‬
‫‪/ Español / English‬‬
‫‪/ Português / Français‬‬
‫‪/ Italiano / Deutsch‬‬
‫‪/ Nederlands / Polski‬‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫‪/Русский‬‬
‫‪/ Magyar / Arab / Iran‬‬
‫‪/ Українська / ไทย‬‬
‫‪Svenska‬‬
‫‪138‬‬
‫‪١٣٨‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:30‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 138‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫‪MP3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ‪CCD Pixel‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LCD‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﺎ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻞ‪/‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ×ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ×ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫‪VP-X205L/X210L/X220L‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪MPEG4 AVI‬‬
‫‪(Exif 2.2 ،DPOF ،٤٨٠×٦٤٠) JPEG‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪) WAVE‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ ٨‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ١٦ ،‬ﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ(‬
‫‪ ٥١٢‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X205L‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X210L‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪(VP-X220L‬‬
‫‪SD‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪MMC‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ‪ ١\٦ CCD‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪ ٨٠٠ ،‬ﺃﻟﻒ )ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ(‬
‫‪x10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ = ‪ ٢٫٤‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٢٤‬ﻣﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻌﺔ ‪ ١٫٨‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٢٫٤‬‬
‫‪3.0 Lux‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ‪ ٢٫٠‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪ ٢٣٠ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ B‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮ )‪ USB 2.0‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ ٣‬ﺳﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ ٣٫٥ ø‬ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )‪ ،(75Ω ،1.0p_p‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪ ،-7.5dBm 47KΩ‬ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ(‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪ CMOS‬ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ ٣٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ١٠٤‬ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫‪٪٨٠-٪١٠‬‬
‫‪ ٣٫٨‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ )ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻤﺮ(‪ ٤٫٨ ،‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ )ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ(‬
‫‪ ٢٫٨‬ﻭﺍﺕ )ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‬
‫‪ ٦١٫٣‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ٩٣٫٦‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ٣٠٫٣‬ﻣﻢ )ﻣﺘﻀﻤﻨًﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ(‬
‫‪ ١٥٠‬ﺟﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﻜﺜﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫‪139‬‬
‫‪١٣٩‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:30‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 139‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪ CMOS‬ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ‪CMOS‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻀﻮء‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‪x‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪x‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫‪VP-X205L/X210L/X220L‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢٤٠ – ١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ ٦٠/٥٠ ،‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪ ٤٫٨‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ ١٫٠ ،‬ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ ٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ ٣٢‬ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ ١٠٤‬ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫‪ ٧٠‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ٢٩٫٧‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ٥٩٫١‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫‪ ٨٥٫١‬ﺟﻢ‬
‫‪XC-L2P‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ‪ ١\٣ CMOS‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪ ٣٢٠ ،‬ﺃﻟﻒ )ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ(‬
‫‪(VGA) ٤٨٠x٦٤٠‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ = ‪ ٥٫٥٦‬ﻣﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻌﺔ ‪٢٫٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )‪ ،(1.0Vp_p‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪ ،-7.5dBm 47KΩ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ(‬
‫‪ ٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ ٣٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ١٠٤‬ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫‪٪٨٠~٪٢٠‬‬
‫‪ ٣٫٢) B+‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤٫٨‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ(‬
‫‪ ٠٫٧‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ ٩٤٫٥‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ٣٤٫٧‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ٣٣‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫‪ ٩٦‬ﺟﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﻜﺜﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪140‬‬
‫‪١٤٠‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:30‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 140‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫‪) AF‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ( ‪٦٧ ،٤٧ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪٦٨ .................................................................................................... BLC‬‬
‫‪١٣٠ ،٧٢ ......................................................................................... DPOF‬‬
‫‪١٢٥ ،١٢٤ ..................................................................... DV Media Pro 1.0‬‬
‫‪) MF‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ( ‪٦٧ ،٤٧ .........................................................................‬‬
‫‪١١١........................................................................................... Language‬‬
‫‪١١٧..............................................................................................PC Cam‬‬
‫‪١١٦...........................................................................................PictBridge‬‬
‫‪) Program AE‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ( ‪٦٢ ،٤٤ ..............................................................‬‬
‫‪) Sepia‬ﺑﻨﻲ(‪٦٣ ،٤٥ ......................................................................................‬‬
‫‪٩٨ .................................................................................................... USB‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺃ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‪١٣٦ ،١٣٥ .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ‪١١٠...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪١١٢.............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ‪٩٣ ،٨٨ ،٨١ ،٧٣ ،٥٤ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ‪٥٧ ....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪١٠٣.............................................................................................‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺏ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ‪٥٨ ،٣٧ ...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ‪١٣٤~١٣١...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪١٠٠......................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺝ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ‪٤٢ .....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺡ‪-‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪١١٤..........................................................................................‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺭ‪-‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪٩٩ .................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺯ‪-‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪٢٨ ............................................................................................ MENU‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪٢٧ ................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺱ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪٢٥~٢٢ .............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ‪١٠٢...................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﺎ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ‪١٤ .............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻲ‪٦٣ ،٤٥ ...................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪٨٤ ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﻭﻭﻡ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ‪٦٩ ،٤٩ .........................................................................................‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺵ‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺕ‪-‬‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪٢٥ ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫‪141‬‬
‫‪١٤١‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:31‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 141‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫‪-‬ﺹ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ‪١٠٨.............................................................................................‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻭ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) Start-up‬ﺑﺪء(‪١٠٩...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺽ‪-‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪١٠٤.....................................................................................‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻉ‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ‪١١٣........................................................................................‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻕ‪-‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪٢٨ ..............................................................................................‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻡ‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪٩٠ .............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪٢٥ ،١٣ ......................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ‪٦١ ،٤٣ .....................................................................................‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻥ‪-‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٩٤ ،٨٩ ،٨٢ ،٧٤ ،٥٥ ...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪٩٧ .............................................................................................‬‬
‫‪142‬‬
‫‪١٤٢‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:31‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 142‬‬
‫‪EN‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ SAMSUNG‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﺤﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ‪ ،SAMSUNG‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.SAMSUNG‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫‪143‬‬
‫‪١٤٣‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:13:32‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 123~142.indd 143‬‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﺤﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪(RoHS‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻊ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ" ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺩﻣﻴﻮﻡ )‪ (Cd‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺻﺎﺹ )‪(Pb‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ )‪ (Hg‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻣﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺪﺍﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﻓﺆ )‪ (Cr+6‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻣﻴﻨﺎﺗﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻔﻴﻨﻴﻠﺲ )‪ (PBBs‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻣﻴﻨﺎﺗﺪ ﺩﻳﻔﻴﻨﻴﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮ )‪ (PBDEs‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪2006-04-03 ¿ÀÈÄ 12:02:20‬‬
‫‪VP-X205 00994K AR 001~007.indd 2‬‬